Epson Aculaser C2800 - C3800 Service Manual

5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.
c om
SERVICE M NU L
A4 Full Color Laser Printer
EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D

C3800/C3800D
Confidential
SEPG06001
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 1/458
5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Notice:
The purpose of this manual is to provide the product knowledge and the technical information required for repair or maintenance of EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/
C3800D.
 All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
 This manual contains confidential information and sensitive matters, special care should be taken when handling the manual.
 The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the product’s performance and functions.
Some of the descriptions or the appearance of some parts in this manual may differ from those on an actual product.
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright © SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2007.
Imaging Products CS, PL & Environmental Management
Confidential
 Location of Safety Equipment
Safety
Safety-related Symbols
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.

condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.

condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
Safety Equipment
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for

any reason whatsoever. (e.g. Making a connection circuit bypasses
the safety equipment.)
 List of Safety Equipment
Name Function/Purpose
Kmy00012EC
Harness Assy Interlock Interrupts +24 VDC power supply to HVPS and motors as soon as Harness Assy Interlock
the COVER ASSY FRONT is opened.
Confidential
 Safety System Wiring Schematic
B
E
3
I D N 1
K I G
E E
E R
U 0
0
C S R F T y
O M Y m
L D
H H H Y S IN K
R P P P S A H
E E Y Y Y S S
T E A ) M P
F S S S A
N
I S S S R R (K
/)
Y
S
Y
S
Y ID A A A E Y
S
E
S C S S
S O H H H F S N (/ A A
S N C C C S A E ) E E
A E T T T N M S
S S L U U U A S P
S
(/
) P IV IV
S S O L L L R O I Y V R R
E E S C C C T R D ( H D D
A N
B R
W A
P H 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2 4
V
2
+ + + + + + + + + +
/L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I /L
I
C
D C
V D
3
. V
3 5
+ +
ly C
p D l
p r o
u V
4 e
s tr
S C C 2 n
C u o
r
e
D
V D D + r lo F C
C C
V V e
t rt D D
w .3 4 C V C V
o
P 3
+ 5
+ 2
+ a
e
H on U D
V .3
3 D
V .3
3
C C 5 + 5 +
C + +
D M
A
B
W
P
S H N
P C C
V A A
L T P
P V V V U V V
N O 4 4 4 D 4 4
OH H A 2 2 2 A 2 2
r B R + + + B + +
e
t C C L L L L L
a A A WD /I /I /I W /I /I
C
H
T R
E e
H P F P
I W
WO
S P
P P
t r H H T U U
r a
t e
t P P P D
s s D
Y te o i Y Y O Y Y
S a S S S
S S e m
r rm S S Y S S
E S H e e A A S A S
N T A h h S A
Y E T T H H A H
R S L R C C C R
A S E T N T D E T O
H A IN S U R U E IV R U T
U L U L E R D L O
F C T C F D F C M
Confidential
Laser Beam  Laser Specifications
Maximum output power 5 mV

 Safety-related Label (Caution Label)/Laser Opening Location Wavelength (AcuLaser C2800/C2800D) 770 nm ~ 800 nm
Wavelength (AcuLaser C3800/C3800D) 785 nm
 Handling Precautions
 Disassembling and adjustment procedures not specified herein

may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
 Do not disassemble or attempt to adjust the ROS Assy for any
reason whatsoever. When the ROS Assy malfunctions, replace
it with a new one.
Laser Openings
ROS Assy
Confidential
Prohibited Matters
 Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for any reason
whatsoever. Connect the printer to an electrical outlet that matches the printer’s
rated voltage and power requirements.
 Never modify the safety equipment or replace it with part not approved by
EPSON. Doing so may cause the safety functions to stop working properly, and
may result in fire or injury.
 Never modify the product. If you are instructed to do so, however, fully Do not connect any other devices to the electrical outlet supplying
understand the instruction and perform the modification. the printer. Doing so can cause overloading of the electrical circuit
and may cause a fire.
Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple

devices into the same outlet. Power plug and electrical outlet should
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the be free from dust or foreign objects.
printer off and unplug the power cord before starting maintenance
work. When the power supply cable must be connected to measure
voltage or for any other task, strictly follow the instructions and use The printer should be properly grounded to prevent electric shock.
extreme caution in working on electronic components. The grounding terminal should be one of the followings:
a. One of the electrical outlet
Pay particular attention to the high-voltage part indicated with the
b. One that is grounded by a D-type grounding construction.
symbol on the left. (The former third-type grounding construction; grounding
resistance under 100 Ω).
Power cord should not be deformed or damaged. If the cord is
Do not touch the high temperature parts indicated with the symbol damaged, replace it with a new one dedicated for the product.
on the left. Those parts are extremely hot immediately after use. If
you need to replace those parts, leave the printer until it cools.
After replacing the Fuser Unit or any other parts to which AC

Use the specified service parts for repair and maintenance.
voltage is applied, be sure to check the part is properly installed and
the connecting cables are not caught between metal parts.
Otherwise a fire or an electric shock may occur.
Fuse on the Power Supply Unit must not be replaced under any
When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for circumstances.
cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use of such products
containing flammable gas is prohibited.
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l
Confidential 7/458
Before performing repair and maintenance work, read and Do not use vacuum cleaner for home use to clean up spills of
understand the documents of the product (e.g. service manual). powdered toners. The very fine particles can cause fire/explosion.
Be sure to follow the specified steps and use the prescribed tools Sweep them thoroughly with a broom or wipe them with a cloth
described in the documents. moistened with neutral detergent. If a large amount of toner is
spilled, use a toner vacuum designed specifically to clean toner.
When disassembling or assembling the product, make sure to wear
Ozone gas is generated by the printer as a by-product of the
gloves to avoid injury from metal parts with sharp edges.
printing process. The amount of gas is too small to be harmful,
however, some users may feel uncomfortable under the following
conditions. It is desirable to advice the users to ventilate the room
Take care not to drop any screws, washers, or clips inside the when using the printer.
printer body. Should it fall in, do not boot up your printer until the  When using the printer for a long period of time in a room with
part has been safely removed. poor ventilation.
 When printing a large amount of documents at a time.
 When using multiple printers in the same room.
After reassembling the printer, make sure all the parts and the
screws are put back in place and the cables are not caught between In order to protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use
metal parts. static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when
accessing internal components.
Though toner and developer are safe for human body, they may
cause irritation to skin and eyes. If toner gets into your eyes, wash it The printer is heavy (27.0 kg (59.5 lb.) excluding toner cartridges
away immediately with water. If irritation continues, see a physician. including Transfer Unit and Duplex Unit) and must be lifted
If toner gets in your mouth, rinse immediately with plenty of water. horizontally by two or more people.
If swallowed, induce vomiting and consult a physician.
Do not throw used toner cartridges or toner into the flames. Do not use thinner or alcohol when cleaning the product as it may
result in discoloration or deformation.
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Confidential 8/458
Revision History
This manual is revised when the system, component, or part of the product is modified as a result of continuing improvements to the product’s performance and functions.
See the table below for recent updates.
Revision Date of Issue Description

A September 29, 2006 First Release
B November 8, 2006 Revision up:
 Chapter 1
Over view(p14) / Printer Specifications(P15) / Dimensions and weight(P18) / Supported papers (P20) / External interfaces(P25)
Some items were revised.
C October 16, 2007 Revision up:
 All Chapter
Information on AcuLaser C2800/C2800D has been added.
Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT
5.1 Adjustment Items.............................................................................................. 382
5.2 Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 383
5.2.1
5.2.2 Adjusting Color Registration
Adjusting Color Registration Alignment
Alignment (Auto) ................................... 384
(Manual)............................... 383
5.2.3 Writing USB ID..................................................................................... 385
5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program.................................................................. 387
Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement ............... 390
6.2 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 392
Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Connectors........................................................................................................ 396
7.1.1 List of Plugs and Jacks .......................................................................... 396
7.2 Control Panel Special Features......................................................................... 402
7.2.1 Operational Procedures and Functions .................................................. 402
7.2.2 Special Menu ......................................................................................... 403
7.3
7.4 Firmware
InformationUpdate .............................................................................................. 413
Sheets............................................................................................ 406
7.4.1 Status Sheet ........................................................................................... 413
7.4.2 Engine Status Sheet ............................................................................... 414
7.4.3 Print Log Report .................................................................................... 417
7.5 Exploded diagrams and Parts List .................................................................... 419
Confidential
CHAPTER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
1
Confidential
EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C
1.1 Overview
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D is a non-impact color page printer that takes
advantage of a laser and electrophotographic technologies. AcuLaser C2800D/C3800D
has a duplex unit as part of its standard equipment, whereas the unit is available as an
optional device for AcuLaser C2800/C3800. Listed below are the features of AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D:
 Prints on A4 paper
(User defined paper size: 76.20 x 98.40 mm ~ 220 x 355.6 mm)
 High-speed tandem printing engine
Up to 20 ppm (color) and 25 ppm (monochrome) in A4 single-sided printing
 Flexible paper handling capabilities
Standard lower paper 550-sheet paper cassette

Model name MP tray
cassette (Standard) unit (optional)
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D 250 sheets
150 sheets 550 sheets
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D 550 sheets
 Full color, high quality printing up to 1200 dpi


Compact and lightweight
Model name Dimensions (W x D x H) Weight
Figure 1-1. Product View
AcuLaser C2800 22.5 kg
408 x 501* x 476.5 mm
AcuLaser C2800D 23.6 kg
AcuLaser C3800 25.8 kg
420 x 501* x 508 mm
AcuLaser C3800D 27.0 kg
* : The depth (D) varies up to 577mm according to the sizes of the loaded paper.
 Provides three interfaces as standard

 USB 1.1(2.0FS) Host I/F (AcuLaser C3800/3800D only)
 Ethernet (100BaseTX/10BaseT) I/F
 USB 2.0HS I/F
 Combination imaging cartridge-photoconductor units that offer users reduced
maintenance
 Switches to monochrome mode when a color imaging cartridge is empty
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Overview 14

Confidential
1.2 Product Specifications Life*5 300,000 pages or five years,

whichever comes first
MPBF*4 150,000 pages
1.2.1 Basic Specifications
Durability Average: 2,000 pages / month
Max.: 60,000 pages / month
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
Serviceability MTTR*7: Less than 30 minutes (average)
Print resolution 600 dpi, 1200 dpi Noise Printing 51 dB
Print speed*1 Color 20 ppm / 14 ppm Standing by 30 dB
(Single-sided /Duplex) Monochrome 25 ppm / 17.3 ppm Environmental Temperature and  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
Warm-up time 22°C, 55% RH Less than 32 seconds*2 (110-120 V) conditions (operating) humidity 10 ~ 32 °C
Less than 30 seconds*2 (220-240 V) 15 ~ 85% RH*6

First print out*3 Color Less than 15.0 seconds AcuLaser
5 ~ 32 °C C3800/C3800D
Monochrome Less than 15.0 seconds 15 ~ 85% RH*6
Dimensions (W x D x H) *4  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D Altitude 0 ~ 3,500 m
408 x 501 ~ 577 x 476.5 mm (Air pressure) (1013 hPA ~ 658 hPA)
 AcuLaser C3800/C3800D
Levelness Difference between front and back:
420 x 501 ~ 577 x 508 mm
Approx. less than 5 mm
Weight (Main unit)  AcuLaser C2800 Difference between left and right:
24.0 kg Approx. less than 5.5 mm
 AcuLaser C2800D Illumination Less than 3,000 lx (should not be exposed to
25.1 kg direct sunlight)
 AcuLaser C3800
Storage and Temperature and 0 ~ 35 °C
25.8 kg
transportation humidity 15 ~ 80% RH*6
 AcuLaser C3800D
conditions
27.0 kg
Power supply AC 120 V ± 10% / 50 or 60 Hz ± 3Hz
AC 220 V ~ 240 V ± 10% / 50 or 60 Hz ± 3Hz
Power consumption Max. Single-sided 730 W / 730 W
(110-120 V Duplex 750 W / 750 W
/ 220-240 V)
Average continuous Color: 376 W / 361 W
printing Monochrome: 354 W / 347 W
Average in stand-by 82 W / 78 W
mode (heater: ON)
Average in sleep 24 W / 25 W
mode (heater: OFF)
Average in extremely 17 W / 17 W
low-power mode
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 15

Confidential
Safety and Safety standards <120 V> EMC <120 V>

regulations  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
• 2006/95/EC EN60950-1 • EN55022, Class B

• EN60825-1 • EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2/IEC61000-4-
• CNS14336 3/IEC61000-4-4/IEC 61000-4-11)
 AcuLaser C3800/C3800D • CNS13438 Class B
• UL60950 3rd Edition  AcuLaser C3800/C3800D
• CSA C22.2 No.60950-00 • FCC Part15 Subpart B, Class B

• FDA21CFR Chapter 1 Laser Product, (ANSI C63.4)
Subchapter J, Section 1010, 1040 <220 V series>
<220 V series>  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
 AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
• EN55022, Class B
• 2006/95/EC EN60950-1 • EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2/IEC61000-4-

• EN60825-1 3/IEC61000-4-4/IEC61000-4-5/
IEC61000-4-6IEC61000-4-8/IEC
61000-4-11)
• IEC60950 3rd Edition
• EN61000-3-2 (Harmonics)
• EN60950 3rd Edition
• EN61000-3-3 (Flicker)
• IEC60825 Class 1 Laser Product
• CE Directive
• EN55022, Class B
• Nordic Agency Approvals
• IEC-61000-4-3/IEC-61000-4-4/IEC-
61000-4-6
• IEC-61000-4-8
• EN61000-3-2 (Harmonics) Class A
• EN61000-3-3 (Flicker)
• EN61000-4-5 (IEC61000-4-5)
Exhaust gas TVOC Less than 10.0 mg/h
Ozone density Less than 2.0 mg/h
Styrene density Less than 1.0 mg/h
Dust density Less than 4.0 mg/h
Benzene Less than 0.05 mg/h

Confidential
*1: Conditions: A4, plain paper, continuous printing

The values vary depending on paper type and size.
*2: Less than 30 seconds from sleep mode.
*3 : Paper feeder = MP tray, Paper size = A4
*4: Main unit only.
*5: A4, continuous printing, independent of color/monochrome ratio.
*6: No condensation.
*7: Mean Time To Repair: Time required for service personnel to determine and correct the
cause of the malfunction.
OPTIONAL UNIT
250-sheet paper Capacity: Up to 250 sheets

cassette unit Paper size: A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14”
550-sheet paper Capacity: Up to 550 sheets
cassette unit Paper size: A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14”
Duplex unit* Paper size: A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14”
* : AcuLaser C2800D/C3800D are equipped with a duplex unit as a standard feature.

Confidential
EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES
Table 1-1. Part Names
No. Name No. Name No. Name

1 Control panel 7 I/F cover 13 Ethernet interface connector
2 MP tray (Multi-Purpose tray) 8 Power switch 14 AC inlet
3 Standard lower paper cassette 9 Output tray extension 15 Paper cassette cover (optional)
4 550-sheet paper cassette unit 10 FG screw 16 Paper cassette cover (standard)
5 USB Host interface 11 USB interface connector 17 Controller option expanded aperture plate
6 Latch on front cover (Cover A) 12 Type-B interface card slot cover
9 10
2 7
11 17
3
6 12
16
13
5
15
4 14
Figure 1-2. External View and Part Names

Confidential

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
The following figure shows the dimensions and weight of the printer.
NOTE 1 : Manufacturing tolerance is ± 1% mm in dimensions and ± 1% kg in weight.

2 : Imaging cartridges are not included in the weight of the main unit.
501 ~ 577 *
450
420
AcuLaser AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D C3800/C3800D
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
Main Unit 24.0 kg 25.8 kg
465 mm
* : Dimension varies depending on the installation
508 mm position of the standard lower paper cassette.
51 ~ 127.3 *
Figure 1-3. Main Unit (Unit: mm)

501 ~ 577*
420 450
AcuLaser AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D C3800/C3800D
550-sheet paper cassette unit 7.8 kg
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D Main unit + Duplex unit 25.1 kg 27.0 kg

614.5 mm Main unit + 550-sheet paper
31.8 kg 33.6 kg
cassette unit
646 mm Main unit + Duplex unit +
32.9 kg 34.8 kg
550-sheet paper cassette unit
* : Dimension varies depending on the installation

51 ~ 127.3* position of the standard lower paper cassette.
Figure 1-4. Main Unit with Optional Units Installed (Unit: mm)

Confidential

INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer.
Be sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
350
826.5 mm
127.3 AcuLaser C3800/C3800D

100 858 mm
100
1178
unit: mm
Figure 1-5. Installation Space Requirements

Confidential

1.2.2 Paper Specifications
SUPPORTED PAPERS
Table 1-2. Supported Papers

Paper Type Capacity Feeding Assurance*3
Paper Feeder Paper Size
Type*1 Weight (Height)*2 Standard Paper Plain Paper Special Media
Standard Standard lower Standard paper 60 ~ 105 g/m2 A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, 550 sheets
O Δ X
paper cassette Plain paper LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14” (59.4 mm)
MP tray Standard paper 60 ~ 105 g/m2 A4, A5, B5, Letter, Half letter, GLT, 150 sheets
Plain paper Executive, LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14” (15 mm)
Special Transparency --- A4, Letter 75 sheets
media
Label --- A4, Letter ---
(15 mm)
Thick paper 106 ~ 163 g/m2 A4, A5, B5, Letter, Half letter, --- O Δ Δ
Extra thick paper 164 ~ 216 g/m2 Executive, GLT (15 mm)
Envelope 75 ~ 105 g/m2 DL, ISO-B5, C5 ---
(15 mm)
User defined 60 ~ 216 g/m2 Width: 76.20 mm ~ 220.00 mm 150 sheets
Length: 98.40 mm ~ 355.60 mm (15 mm)
Duplex unit Standard paper 60 ~ 163 g/m 2 A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, --- Δ
Plain paper LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14” O Δ (Thick paper
only)
Option 550-sheet paper Standard paper 60 ~ 105 g/m2 A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, 550 sheets
O Δ X
cassette unit Plain paper LGL 13” (GLG), LGL 14” (59.4 mm)
Note : Always test a sample of paper stock before purchasing large quantities or printing large jobs.
*1: Standard paper: RX-80, Xerox 4024 paper
Plain paper: Commonly used copy paper, recycled paper, or quality paper (60 ~ 105 g/m2)
*2: Conditions: 22 °C/55% RH.
*3: O: Paper feeding and print quality are guaranteed.
Δ: Paper feeding and printing are possible (reserved for papers that are used commonly).
Print quality is NOT guaranteed.
X: Not supported.

Confidential

UNSUITABLE PAPERS
The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality,
paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
 Paper that has been treated, such as carbon-backed, non-carbon, heat-sensitive,
pressure-sensitive, or acid paper
 Paper that is either extremely thick or extremely thin
 Damp paper
 Art paper, coated paper for color printers
 Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with uneven surface
 Perforated paper or paper with punched hole
 Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper
 Paper of a non-standard shape (not rectangular)
 Label that peels off easily
 Paper that is bounded with glue, staples, or paper clips
 Inkjet printer paper (Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper, Glossy Paper, Glossy Film, etc.)
 Paper that has been printed on by a heat-transfer printer or an inkjet printer
 Transparency for other color laser printers or color photocopiers
 Paper that has been printed on by another color/monochrome laser printer or a
photocopier
 Sheets of paper stuck together
 Postcards for inkjet printers
 Iron-on Transfer Paper (for inkjet printers or laser printers)
 Paper that deteriorates or discolors at 190 °C or lower
 When using illustrated postcards, paper feed rollers may be soiled with paper dust
and these cards may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the rollers with
reference to Chapter 6 “MAINTENANCE” (p.389)

Confidential

PRINTABLE AREA ENVELOPE ORIENTATION
 Maximum guaranteed print area (Printing and quality are guaranteed) Envelope Size DL ISO-B5, C5
Paper width: 212 mm x Length: 347.6 mm

Feeding
 Maximum printable area (Printing is guaranteed)
Direction
Paper width: 215 mm x Length: 351.6 mm ↑
 Guaranteed print area/Printable area
Area excluding 4-mm margins on all four edges
4.0 mm 4.0 mm
 Load envelopes on the MP tray with the side to be printed face
down.
 Before printing on envelopes, set the release lever to envelope
m position.
m
.0  Do not use envelopes that are attached with tape or glue.
4
 Do not use triangle flap envelopes, use trapezoidal envelopes.
m PAPER EJECT/CAPACITY
m
.0  Paper eject
4
Face down
 Capacity
250 sheets*
Table 1-3. Guaranteed Print Area/Printable Area
* : Calculated on a standard paper (A4 or Letter)

Confidential

1.2.3 Replacement Parts PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE PERIODIC REPLACEMENT
CONSUMABLE PRODUCTS Name Life

Retard roller 200,000 pages
Name Life Feed roller 200,000 pages
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D AcuLaser C3800/C3800D
Nudger roller 200,000 pages
Imaging cartridge (K) 3,000 pages (Standard capacity) 9,500 pages
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI 30,000 pages
8,000 pages (High capacity)
Imaging cartridge (Y) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)  Retard, feed, and nudger rollers are exactly the same parts, their
6,000 pages (High capacity) 9,000 pages (High capacity)  names vary according to the installation positions.
These rollers are provided in a set as an ASP by the name of “KIT
Imaging cartridge (M) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)
ROLL ASSY FEED SEC”, be sure to replace these rollers at one
6,000 pages (High capacity) 9,000 pages (High capacity) time.
Imaging cartridge (C) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)
6,000 pages (High capacity) 9,000 pages (High capacity)
Transfer unit 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
Fuser unit: 120 V 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
Fuser unit: 220 V 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
The imaging cartridges of AcuLaser C2800/C2800D and AcuLaser

 C3800/C3800D are not exchangeable.


Confidential

1.2.4 Controller Specifications Auxiliary software  Status sheet
 Toner check sheet
BASIC SPECIFICATIONS  EpsonNetConfig(Web)
 Hex dump
CPU AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : PowerPC750FL (400 MHz)  Reserve job list
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : PowerPC750FL (600 MHz)  PS3 status sheet
Enhanced technology CPGI, CRIT, RIT (FMV)  Support mode
RAM DDR333 200 pin SO DIMM, CL=2.5  Form overlay list
 Network status sheet
Standard 128MB (S0 slot)
 Font sample (for each mode)
Maximum AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : 640MB (128MB + 512MB)  Printer adjust menu
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : 1GB (512MB + 512MB)  AUX status sheet (only when Type-B level 3 is installed)
Expansion 128MB, 256MB, 512MB (1 slot (S1 slot))*1  USB Ext I/F status sheet (only when connected to D4
ROM 32-bit width (3.3 V) compliant USB devices)
 Maintenance mode (Engine status sheet)
Program 16MB (P slot)  EFU (for engine firmware update, only when a Flash is
Font Included in the program installed as a mechanical controller ROM)
Expansion Optional Flash DIMM (A slot)
*1 : In AcuLaser C2800/C2800D's case, an add-on memory can be installed in the S1 slot only.
Control panel 22 digits x 5 lines LCD, three LEDs, six buttons
Printer setting Panel settings, EJL, PJL, HTTP, SNMP, and ENPC  When adding more RAM to the printer, standard RAM DIMM
Stored in 256 K bit serial type EEPROM  (64MB) should also be replaced according to the capacity of the
Printer mode Standard  ESC/ Page-Color  ESCP2 (B/W) add-on memory.
 I239X (B/W)  Adobe PostScript3 e.g.) When upgrading to 1024MB, remove the standard RAM
DIMM and install two 512MB DIMMs.
 PDF1.3  PCLXL
 FX (B/W)  ESC/Page (B/W)
 PLC5c
Other EJL, PJL, and RCC modes (for firmware update)
DIAG mode (engine adjustment)

Confidential

EXTERNAL INTERFACES
Standard USB 1.1 (2.0FS) * 1 ch

2.0 HS 1 ch
Ethernet 100BaseTX/10BaseT 1 ch
Option Type-B Level 3 compatible 1 slot
* : AcuLaser C3800/C3800D only
USB Host interface connector (1.1)

(AcuLaser C3800/C3800D only)
USB (2.0 HS)

interface connector
Type-B interface
card slot cover
Ethernet interface
connector
Figure 1-6. External Interfaces

Confidential
5/22/2018
1.3 List of Printer Messages Table 1-4. List of Printer Messages
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Sort Display Error LED Status

The following is a list of messages displayed on the printer’s control panel when Warming Up Off
English is selected in the language option.
Calibrating Printer
Off
Table 1-4. List of Printer Messages Cooling Down zz*2 min Off
Sort Display Error LED Status Offline Off
ROM CHECK Off Cancel Print Job (by host) Off
Status
RAM CHECK Off Sleep Off
Unable Clear Error On Ready Off
Self Test Off (Printing) Off
Reset All All Flashing (Communication with inactive I/F) ---

Reset Off (Job being executed (printing OK)) ---
Cancel All Print Job Off Menus Locked Off
Cancel Print Job (by panel) Off Reserve Job Canceled Off
Reset to Save Off Form Data Canceled Off
Manual Duplex Flashing 2 Can't Print Off
Writing ROM A nnn/mmm*1 --- Collate Disabled Off
*1
Status Writing ROM P nnn/mmm --- Check Paper Size Off
Please Select File --- Image Optimum Off
Please wait for print --- Check Paper Type Off
USB Memory searching Files : nnn --- Need Memory Off
Can't Print File --- Warning Not Supported USB Device Off
Form Feed Off Data will be printed in Black and White Off
Status Sheet Off Format Error ROM A Off
*3
 ESC/Page Font Sample  Engine Status Sheet Off Replace Toner uuuu Off
 PCL Font Sample  ROM A Information uuuu*3 Toner Low
 ESCP2 Font Sample  ROM B Information
Replace Fuser
 FX Font Sample  Reserve Job List
Replace Transfer Unit
 1239X Font Sample  Form Overlay List
 PS3 Status Sheet  Color Adjust Sheet Worn Fuser Off
 PS3 Font List Worn Transfer Unit Off
NonGenuineTonerCartridge
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 27

Confidential
5/22/2018 Table 1-4. List of Printer Messages Table 1-4. List of Printer Messages
Sort Display Error LED Status Sort Display Error LED Status
Service Req Cffff*4 All flashing Duplex Mem Overflow Flashing 1
(synchronized with Invalid Data Flashing 1
LED)
Invalid N/W Module On
Service Req Eggg*4 All flashing
(synchronized with Invalid PS3 On
LED) Error Invalid PCL On
Optional RAM Error On Invalid AUX I/F Card On
Close Front Cover On Invalid ROM A On
Cassette 2 Error 001 On Write Error ROM A On
DM Error 002 On
Write Error ROM P On
Check Transparency On (PJL OPMSG) Off
Paper Jam w w w w w On (PJL STMSG)
---
Wrong Toner uuuu*3 On (SelecType)
NonGenuineToner uuuu*3 Flashing 2 Toner Check Sheet
Toner Cart Error uuuu*3 On Note : Messages in the table are sorted in the order of descending priorities. The message
Error shown at top of the table has the highest priority.
Install uuuu*3 TnrCart On
Install Fuser On *1: nnn = Number of written blocks, mmm = total number of blocks
Install Transfer Unit On *2: zz = Remaining time (minute)
Replace Toner uuuu*3 On *3: uuuu = Either of the followings will appear: C, M, Y, K, Cyan(C), Magenta(M),
Yellow(Y), Black(K). Only when a message exceeds the display digit in full spelling,
Replace Toner uuuu*3 Flashing 2
abbreviated forms (C, M, Y, K) will appear.
Replace Transfer Unit On
*4: See “3.2.4 List of Service Request” (p.85) for details.
Printer Open On
*5: Displays relevant values of the paper size in the panel settings.
Install Cassette-1 On
*6: Displays relevant values of the paper source in the panel settings except Auto.
*5
Manual Feed sss Flashing 2 *7: Displays relevant values of each paper feed size of the Tray menu in the panel settings.
Can't Print Duplex Flashing 1
Paper Out ttt*6 sss*7 On
Paper Set ttt*6 sss*7 Flashing 1
Print Overrun Flashing 1
Mem Overflow Flashing 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 28

Confidential
EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D

Revision C 28/458
5/22/2018 1.4 Product Comparison Table 1-5. Product Comparison
Model name
Table 1-5. Product Comparison AcuLaser AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D C3800/C3800D
Model name
AcuLaser AcuLaser
Power supply AC 120 V ± 10% / 50 or 60 Hz ± 3Hz
C2800/C2800D C3800/C3800D
AC 220 V ~ 240 V ± 10% / 50 or 60 Hz ± 3Hz
Resolution (dpi) 600 dpi, 1200 dpi Power Max. Single-

730 W / 730 W
consumption sided
Print Speed Simplex B/W 25 ppm (110-120 V
(PPM) Duplex 750 W / 750 W
Color 20 ppm / 220-240 V)
Average Color:376 W / 361 W
Duplex B/W 17.3 ppm continuous printing Monochrome:354 W / 347 W
Color 14 ppm Average in
Warm up time (Seconds) Less than 32 seconds*2 (110-120 V) stand-by mode 82 W / 78 W
(heater: ON)
Less than 30 seconds*2 (220-240 V)
Average in
First Page B/W Less than 15.0 seconds sleep mode 24 W / 25 W
Out (seconds) (heater: OFF)
Color Less than 15.0 seconds
CPU PowerPC750FL (400MHz) PowerPC750FL (600MHz) Average in
extremely 17 W / 17 W
RAM (MB) Standard 128 MB low-power mode
Maximum 640 MB 1024 MB Noise Printing 51 dB
Standard Interface  USB2.0 HS  USB 1.1 integrated host Standing by 30 dB
 Ethernet interface  USB2.0 HS
Environmental conditions 10 ~ 32 °C 5 ~ 32 °C
 Ethernet interface
(operating) 15 ~ 85% RH 15 ~ 85% RH
Paper Input Standard 400 sheets 700 sheets (No condensation) (No condensation)
(sheets)
Optional 950 sheets 1250 sheets Life 300,000 pages or five years, whichever comes first
Paper Output (sheets) 250 (Face Down)
Paper Size A4, A5, B5, LT, GLT, HLT, Executive, F4, LGL13,
LGL14; From 90 x 139.7mm to 220 x 355.6mm
Dimensions (W x D x H) 408 x 501 ~ 577 x 476.5 mm 420 x 501 ~ 577 x 508 mm
Weight AcuLaser C2800: 24.0 kg AcuLaser C3800: 25.8 kg

AcuLaser C2800D: 25.1 kg AcuLaser C3800D: 27.0 kg
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Comparison 29

Confidential
CHAPTER
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
2
Confidential
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Revision C 30/458
5/22/2018 2.1 Print Process Overview EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
This printer is a full-color laser printer that takes advantage of the principle of
electrophotographic recording. This printer uses a tandem-type engine that equips
exclusive drums and developer units for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black
(abbreviated to Y, M, C, and K), and prints images in full color by laying images of
four colors on paper that is transferred on the transfer belt.
The major steps of the print process are described below:

1) Charging: Charges the drum surface.
2) Exposure: Exposes the image areas on the drum using a laser beam.
3) Development: Develops the image areas on the drum with toner.
4) Transfer: Transfers complete full-color toner image on paper by laying
images of four colors.
5) Cleaning: Cleans remaining toner and remove the electrical charge of
the drum.
6) Discharging: Removes the electrical charge of the paper.
7) Fusing: Fixes toner on the paper by applying heat and pressure.
8) Cleaning: Removes remaining toner on the transfer belt.
Figure 2-1. Print Process Overview
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process Overview 31

Confidential
5/22/2018
2.2 Print Process Diagram EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
The diagram below illustrates the entire print process.
Figure 2-2. Print Process Diagram
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process Diagram 32

Confidential
Revision C 32/458
5/22/2018
2.3 Technical Explanation of Print Process EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
2.3.1 Charging
In charging process, BCR (Bias Charge Roll) applies a uniform negative potential to
the drum which rotates at a fixed speed. This process is performed simultaneously for
each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
 BCR is a conductive roller and keeps contact with the drum to move together with
it. HVPS supplies discharge voltages to the BCR, and then the BCR discharges
negative DC voltage.
 Drum surface is uniformly charged to a negative potential with DC bias voltage.
The Drum surface is made of conductive material coated with a photosensitive
material that becomes insulating in darkness and becomes conductive when it is
subjected to light.
 Cleaning Roll contacts the BCR and attracts toner.

Figure 2-3. Charging
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Technical Explanation of Print Process 33

Confidential
Revision C 33/458
2.3.2 Exposure  A laser beam is irradiated according to the print data (image data) sent from the
5/22/2018 printer controller. The laser beam is output only when a pixel data (minute dot
In exposure process, a laser beam is applied to the negatively charged surface of the composing the print data) exists. On parts to be developed by toner, the laser diode
drum to form an invisible electrostatic latent image onto the drum. This process is turns on, and on parts not to be developed, the laser diode turns off.
performed simultaneously for each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors. The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor, the negative
 Laser beams for each color emitted from laser diodes in the ROS ASSY are charge on the drum flows to the positive side, and the potential on the drum
directed by the rotating polygon mirror, fixed mirrors and lenses, which are surface is reduced as a result. The section of the drum surface where the potential
attached to the Scanner Assy in the ROS ASSY to scan across each drum surface has reduced becomes the electrostatic latent image.
from side to side.
-V
Figure 2-5. Exposure

Figure 2-4. Laser Beam Paths

Confidential
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

2.3.3 Development
In development process, toner is electrically applied to the invisible electrostatic latent

image on the drum to form a visible image on it. This process is performed
simultaneously for each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
 Toner in the toner cartridge is stirred by Agitators, and is supplied to the Deve
Assy. Auger is driven by the Sub Motor and the Deve Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN. The amount of toner transferred to the Deve Assy is calculated based on
the number of printed pages. This is called “toner dispensation” and is controlled
by “PCDC” and “ADC”.
(Refer to “2.7.3.2 Toner Density Control (p63) ”.)
 Toner transferred to the Deve Assy and developer (toner and carrier) in the Deve
Assy
drum is stirred The
surface. by the Augers,
toner andcarrier
and the are supplied to theby
are charged Magnet Roll located near
the triboelectricity the
(toner:
negative, carrier: positive), and they are attracted to each other.
As the carrier is a magnetic body, it is attracted to the magnetized Magnet Roll,
and a uniform layer of carrier is formed on the Magnet Roll by passing through the
Timmer Rod.
 The surface of the Magnet Roll is covered with the conductive sleeve. The DB
(Developing Bias) is supplied to the conductive sleeve from the HVPS. The DB
voltage is a negative DC voltage that AC voltage is superimposed on it. The
electrostatic latent image on the drum, the area hit by the laser, carries less
negative charges than the other area on the drum. As the uniform negative charge
on the Magnet Roll is kept at a certain level by the DC voltage, the potential
difference between the Magnet Roll and the drum surface becomes as follows; the
electrostatic image area is higher than the Magnet Roll, and the other area is lower
than the Magnet Roll. The superimposed AC voltage vibrates the carrier on the
Magnet Roll surface making it easier for toner to jump to the drum. Thus, the
negatively charged toner on the Magnet Roll is only attracted to the electrostatic
latent
imageimage
area onand
theforms
drum,a no
toner image
more toneronisthe drum. to
attracted Once
the the
areatoner adherescharges
as negative to the
of the area are increased.
Figure 2-6. Development

Confidential

2.3.4 Transfer (Drum → Paper)
In transfer process, the toner images formed on the drums are transferred to a paper.
Toner image is transferred in the order Y, M, C, and K.
 BTR
BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll and is supplied high positive voltage
from the HVPS. The BTR contacts back side of the Transfer Belt and applies
positive voltage to the belt.
 Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt is a conductive belt that is charged positively with the BTR.
Negatively-charged toner image on the drum surface jumps to the positively-
charged Transfer Belt and the image is formed on the paper. The Transfer Belt
then carries the paper to the FUSER UNIT.

 Roll ESA (Electric Static Attachment)
Roll ESA is a conductive roller that receives positive voltage from HVPS and
discharge the voltage to a paper to improve efficiency of the toner transfer.
Figure 2-7. Transfer (Drum → Paper) (1)

Confidential

2.3.5 Cleaning (Toner Cartridge)
In cleaning (toner cartridge) process, remaining toner on the Drum and the BCR as
well as electrical charge on the Drum are removed.
 Drum cleaning
Cleaning blade contacts the Drum surface and scrape off remaining toner.
The toner is collected into the collecting section for waste toner.
 BCR cleaning
Cleaning Roll, which is made of sponge, contacts the BCR surface and scrape off the
remaining toner. The toner is collected into the collecting section for waste toner.
 Charge cleaning
If electrical charge remains on the Drum, the Drum surface cannot be charged
uniformly in the charging process when the Drum is charged by the BCR, and may
cause print quality deficiency. Electrical remanence on the Drum is removed by
exposing the light from the Erase Lamp (LED ASSY) to the Drum surface.
Figure 2-8. Transfer (Drum → Paper) (2) Figure 2-9. Cleaning (Toner Cartridge)

Confidential

2.3.6 Discharging
In discharging process, the charge on the paper is neutralized/removed by the Detack Saw.
 Detack Saw
Detack Sawon
transferred neutralizes/removes electrical
the paper will not scatter overcharge of the papermetal
the surrounding so that toner
parts.
Detack Saw is a metal sheet that is kept at ground level, and placed a few
millimeter away from the back side of the Transfer Belt. Detack Saw neutralizes
the electrical charge through the Transfer Belt.
Figure 2-10. Discharging

Confidential

2.3.7 Fusing 2.3.8 Cleaning (Transfer Belt)
In fusing process, toner is fixed on paper by applying heat and pressure. In cleaning (transfer belt) process, remaining toner on the Transfer Belt is removed.
 As a complete toner image clings to a paper only by the electrostatic force, one
light
papertouch can remove
is transferred theFUSER
to the image easily.
UNIT.To fix the image onto a paper firmly, the
The toner is melted by the Heat Roll heated by the Heater Lamp, and then the toner
is fixed on the paper by being pressed between the Heat Roll and the Belt Assy.
Figure 2-11. Fusing

Confidential

2.4 Paper Feed 2.4.2 Paper Feed Path Layout
2.4.1 Paper Feed Path

550 Paper Feeder
MSI 550 Paper Feeder
(Option)
ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL ASSY FEED

ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
(Nuger Roll) (Nuger Roll)
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL ASSY FEED

Multi-feed (Feed Roll) (Feed Roll)
Prevention ROLL ASSY FEED ROLL ASSY FEED
(Retard Roll) (Retard Roll)
ROLL ASSY TURN
Multi-feed Multi-feed
Pinch Roll
Prevention Prevention
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL REGI METAL
Leading Edge Registration
TRANSFER UNIT (Transfer Belt)
FUSER ASSY (Heat Roll)
FUSER ASSY (Pressure Belt)
FUSER ASSY (Exit Roll)
ROLL ASSY DUP-1 Paper Eject

Pinch Roll
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
Pinch Roll
Kmy06019EB
Figure 2-13. Paper Feed Path Layout
Figure 2-12. Paper Feed Flow
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Paper Feed 40

Confidential

2.5 Main Structures and Functions 2.5.1 Paper Cassette
5/22/2018 2.5.1.1 Part Names and Functions
This section explains and illustrates the main functional components.

The explanations are given for each of the components (section) listed below:  GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L)
The GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L) moves crossways of the paper feed direction, and
 Paper Cassette trues up the left and right edges of a paper.
 Paper Feeder  GUIDE ASSY CST END
 MSI & Regi Assy The GUIDE ASSY CST END moves parallel to the paper feed direction, and
determines the paper size. The SWITCH ASSY SIZE turns on/off depending on
 Transfer Belt & Fuser the position of the GUIDE ASSY CST END (2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60)), and
 ROS ASSY detects the paper size.
 Xerographics  ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)
 Drive ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll) and ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll) nip a
paper to prevent multi-feeding.
 Electrical  PLATE ASSY BTM (Bottom Plate)
 Duplex Bottom Plate is locked to the bottom of the main unit when the paper cassette is
removed, and its lock is released when the paper cassette is installed. Bottom plate
 550 Paper Feeder presses paper against the Nudger Roll by spring pressure.
Figure 2-14. Paper Cassette
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Main Structures and Functions 41

Confidential

2.5.1.2 Multi-Feed Prevention 2.5.1.3 Bottom Plate Operation
5/22/2018 Some papers are stuck together in the paper cassette and these papers tend to cause
EPSON The lock
Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 of
se r vic GEAR
e ma BTM
nua l - slide LOCK
pdf.c om ONEWAY is released when a paper cassette is
multi-feeding or paper jams. Nudger Roll transfers paper in between Feed Roll and inserted to the main unit.
Retard Roll. When a sheet of paper is transferred, Feed Roll and Retard Roll rotate to When a paper cassette is inserted until it stops, gears of RACK BTM LOCK and
continue transferring papers. If two or more papers are transferred, Retard Roll GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are disengaged and PLATE ASSY BTM rises up by
separates the lower paper by friction, Retard Roll stops rotating, and Feed Roll rotates spring pressure of SPRING BTM UP.
to transfer the upper paper.
Retard Roll is pressed against Feed Roll by spring pressure, and is controlled by the
torque limiter (CLUTCH FRICTION RET) that is connected to the Retard Roll.
Figure 2-16. Bottom Plate Operation
Figure 2-15. Multi-Feed Prevention (Paper Cassette)

Confidential

2.5.2 Paper Feeder
5/22/2018
2.5.2.1 Part Names and Functions EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 SWITCH ASSY SIZE

Detects paper size and the presence of the paper tray.
(Refer to “2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60) ”.)
 SENSOR PHOTO (CST No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence of papers in the paper tray according to the change in position of
the Actuator No Paper.
(When there is no paper, the sensor receives the light.)
 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY FEED.
(Refer to “2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH (p70) ”.)
 ROLL ASSY FEED
When CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED operates, ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll and
Nudger Roll) starts to rotate and transfers papers.
Kmy06027EB
Figure 2-17. Paper Feeder

Confidential

2.5.3 MSI & Regi Assy

2.5.3 MSI & Regi Assy
5/22/2018
 SOLENOID FEED MSI

Controls the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY FEED MSI.
 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY TURN.
 ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN is rotated by DRIVE ASSY PH via CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN,
and transfers papers from MSI and Duplex paper path to CHUTE ASSY REGI.
 SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)
This sensor detects that the leading edge of the paper has reached the CHUTE ASSY
REGI. Measures the length of paper (paper size) when the paper is fed from MSI.
The length that Regi Sensor is turned on is converted to the paper length.
When paper is present, the actuator turns on.
 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY MAIN to
ROLL REGI RUBBER, and transfers papers from paper tray, MSI, and Duplex
paper path toward the toner cartridges. (Refer to “2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH (p70) ”.)
The timing that Regi Assy transfers paper is adjusted based on the operation time
of CLUTCH ASSY REGI so that toner image on the drum is transferred to the
appropriate position on paper.
 SENSOR PHOTO (MSI No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence of paper in MSI according to the position of the actuator.
 PWBA OHP LED/PWBA OHP SNR
PWBA
PWBA OHP OHP LED
LED emits
and PWBA OHP paper
light when SNR are located
passes, andin the registration
PWBA OHP SNRsection.
receives
the light. When plain paper passes, PWBA OHP SNR cannot receive the light, on
the other hand, it receives the light when transparency passes the path. Thus the
printer detects transparency. PWBA OHP SNR also detects temperature inside the
printer.
Figure 2-18. MSI & Regi Assy

Confidential
2.5.3.2 MSI Paper Detection 2.5.3.3 Multi-Feed Prevention

When papers are loaded in MSI, ACTUATOR NO PAPER shields the light to MSI No Some papers are stick together in MSI and these papers tend to cause multi-feeding or
Paper Sensor, and detects paper presence. paper jams. When a sheet of paper is transferred, ROLL ASSY FEED MSI and ROLL
ASSY RETARD rotate to continue transferring papers. If two or more papers are
transferred, ROLL ASSY RETARD separates the lower paper by friction, ROLL ASSY
RETARD stops rotating, and ROLL ASSY FEED MSI rotates to transfer the upper paper.
ROLL ASSY RETARD is pressed against ROLL ASSY FEED MSI by spring pressure,
and is controlled by the torque limiter that is connected to the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
Figure 2-20. Multi-Feed Prevention (MSI)
Figure 2-19. Paper Detection (MSI)

Confidential
2.5.3.4 Paper Edge Alignment 2.5.3.5 Regi Sensor Paper Detection

If papers, which are transferred from MSI or paper tray to the toner transfer section, are As the paper path from MSI or Duplex to Regi Sensor and the one from paper tray to
skewed, toner image on the drum cannot be transferred to the appropriate position on Regi Sensor are different, Regi Sensor has both Actuator A and Actuator B.
paper. To prevent the skew, Regi section aligns paper edge before transferring the Actuator A detects paper fed from MSI or Duplex.
paper to the toner transfer section. Actuator B detects paper fed from paper tray.
Paper fed from MSI or paper tray is pressed against ROLL REGI (not rotating) and Actuator B does not move in synchronization with Actuator A.
leading edge of the paper is aligned.
Figure 2-21. Paper Edge Alignment

Figure 2-22. Regi Sensor Paper Detection

Confidential
2.5.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser

5/22/2018
 FUSER UNIT
The FUSER UNIT fixes the unsteady toner on paper by heat and pressure, and also
transfers the paper before and after the fixing.
The FUSER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
 Heat Roll  Pressure Belt

 Heater Lamp  Exit Roll
 Thermostat  Exit Sensor
 Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-contact temp sensor, STS: Soft touch sensor)
 Exit Sensor
Detects the current position of the fixed paper based on the changes in
position of the Actuator.
 Thermostat
Interrupts the Heater Lamp circuit in the Heat Roll when temperature of the
Heat Roll exceeds predetermined level.
 Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-contact temp sensor, STS: Soft touch sensor)
NCS (non-contact): Monitors surface temperature of Heat Roll and turns
on/off Heater Lamp.
STS (contact): Monitors surface temperature of Heat Roll and
interrupts the power supply to Heater Lamp when the
temperature rises too high.
 When total number of printed pages exceeds preset value, FUSER
 UNIT needs to be replaced.
 TRANSFER UNIT
The TRANSFER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
 Transfer Belt  ADC Sensor

 ADC Solenoid  Roll ESA
Figure 2-23. Transfer Belt & Fuser

Confidential
2.5.4.2 TRANSFER UNIT Details

The TRANSFER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
 Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt transfers paper towards FUSER UNIT.
 ADC Sensor
ADC Sensor reads the toner patch on the Transfer Belt at the window position and
converts the data to voltage value. The voltage value is used to control toner
density.
 ADC Solenoid
Turning on ADC Solenoid activates PAD ADC and wipe off dirt on ADC Sensor.
ADC Sensor turns on for a certain period of time and activates PAD ADC before
reading toner patch.

 Roll ESA (Electric Static Attachment)
Roll ESA discharges positive voltage to paper. Discharging the voltage improves
efficiency of the toner transfer.
Figure 2-24. TRANSFER UNIT Details

Confidential
2.5.5 ROS ASSY  SOS PWB

SOS Sensor on SOS (Start of Scan) PWB converts input laser beam into
2.5.5.1 Part Names and Functions electrical signal as a start of scanning.
5/22/2018
This signal is used to match the start timing of a laser scanning with that of
 ROS ASSY image drawing.

ROS ASSYto(Raster
laser beam make aOutput Scanner
electrostatic Assembly)
latent is the
image on the exposure unit that outputs a
drum surface.
In this manual, items concerning the ROS ASSY are simply called “ROS”.
The ROS ASSY mainly consists of the components shown below.
 LD PWB  Scanner Assy

LD (Laser Diode) Polygon Mirror
 SOS PWB
 Lens
SOS Sensor
 Mirror  Window
 LD PWB
LD PWB consists of four Laser Diodes (LD) that correspond with Y, M, C,
and K. LDs convert image data input as electrical signal into flashing of a
laser beam. PWBA LD monitors the laser beam at all times so that the amount
of laser beam that draws latent image remains stable. This control is called
“APC” (Auto Power Control).
 Scanner Assy
Scanner Assy consists of a Scanner Motor that rotates at constant speed and a
Polygon Mirror attached to the rotary shaft of the motor.
Laser beam emitted from LD irradiates the Polygon Mirror via a mirror.
Polygon Mirror has a six-sided reflecting mirror, and the Scanner Motor
rotation changes an angle of reflection. This allows the laser to scan across on
the drum from side to side. The laser can scan one horizontal line on the drum
while it hits on the reflecting mirror.

Mirror/Window/Lens
Laser beam reflected by Polygon Mirror irradiates the drum surface via Lens,
Mirror, and Window. Lens is for correcting aberration, Mirror is for ensuring
an optical path, and Window keeps foreign materials from entering inside
ROS.
Figure 2-25. ROS Assy

Confidential
2.5.6 Xerographics
2.5.6.1 Part Names and Functions
 CONNECTOR CRUM* (CRUM Sensor)

As IMAGING
CRUM CARTRIDGE
in IMAGING is attached
CARTRIDGE and to CRUM Sensor,
read/write the datathe sensor contacts
concerning CRUM.
* : Customer Replaceable Unit Memory: stores information specific to the
printer.
 SENSOR PHOTO (Toner Cartridge SENSOR Y/M/C/K)

Detects IMAGING CARTRIDGE presence.
 DISPENSER ASSY (Dispense Motor) (Y/M/C/K)
Dispense motor provides drive force to Agitator and Auger in IMAGING
CARTRIDGE, and supplies toner to the development section inside IMAGING Figure 2-26. IMAGING CARTRIDGE
CARTRIDGE.
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)/IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)/IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)/IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE consists of toner cartridge, development section, and
drum.
 LED ASSY (Erase Lamp)
LED Assy consists of four Erase Lamps that corresponds with the drums (Y, M, C,
and K). LED light irradiates the drum through the lens of IMAGING
CARTRIDGE.
LED light removes electrical charge on the drum surface.
Figure 2-27. Xerographics

Confidential
2.5.6.2 IMAGING CARTRIDGE Detection
5/22/2018 Table 2-1. Toner Cartridge Sensor Conditions EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
IMAGING CARTRIDGE IMAGING CARTRIDGE

not inserted inserted
Toner Cartridge Sensor Light blocked Light received
Figure 2-28. IMAGING CARTRIDGE Detection

Confidential
2.5.7 Drive
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Supplies
(Refer to the driving
“2.8.1 to the
DRIVE partsMAIN
ASSY shown(p66)
below”.)and other parts.
 Main Motor
 Drum (K) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K))
 TRANSFER UNIT
 FUSER UNIT
 Sub Motor
 Drum (Y) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y))
 Drum (M) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M))
 Drum (C) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C))
 Developer (K) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K))
 Deve Motor
 Developer (Y) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y))
 Developer (M) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M))

 Developer (C) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C))
 Clutch Assy Exit

Provides drive force from Main Motor to Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
Exit Clutch stops when performing duplex printing.
Exit Roll is driven by Duplex Motor. (Refer to “2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN Figure 2-29. Drive
(p66) ”.) (Refer to “2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) ”.)

DRIVE
SuppliesASSY PH to the parts shown below and other parts.
the driving
 Standard Cassette
 MSI
 Regi Assy

Confidential
2.5.8 Electrical
 SENSOR HUM 52/458
Detects temperature and humidity inside the printer and converts the values to
2.5.8.1 Part Names and Functions voltage value.
5/22/2018
 FAN MAIN  CONTROL PANEL
Shows the printer conditions with LCD and LEDs, and operates the printer with
Prevents overheating inside the printer by exhausting/inhaling the ambient air. the buttons.
 SWITCH POWER
Tuns on/off the AC power supply to the printer.  HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
Interrupts the +24VDC power supply to HVPS and motors immediately when
 LVPS (Low Voltage Power Supply) Front Cover is opened.
There are two types of the LVPS; 100/120 V and 230 V.
The LVPS not only provides AC voltage to the FUSER UNIT heater from the
power source, but generates/supplies stable low DC voltage that is required for
parts such as the logic circuit. The LVPS consists of the power circuit and the
control circuit for the FUSER UNIT heater.
 PWBA MCU
Controls the print operations by communicating with the printer controller and
analyzing the information from the sensors and switches.
The main functions are as follows.
 Communicates with the printer controller
 Receives information from the sensors and the switches
 Controls motors in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY PH
 Allocates the low DC voltage output from the LVPS among each component
 Controls the ROS ASSY
 HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply)
Supplies high voltage to TRANSFER UNIT and IMAGING CARTRIDGE so that
the following parts can perform charging, developing, and initial transfer.
 BCR  BTR
 Developer  ESA
 PWBA EEPROM
Stores information specific to each printer.
 BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Print controller.
BOARD ASSY, MAIN that is connected to PWBA MCU controls the whole system.
Figure 2-30. Electrical

Confidential
2.5.8.2 Data Flow

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Reference: Forming two-dimensional print image 53/458
A laser beam scans while turning on and off the beam in accordance with the electrical
Print data (electric signals) from the Printer Controller follows the flow shown below signal (Video signal: Expresses image data by ups and downs of voltage) to form a line
to form a print image. of dot image. By repeating above mentioned scanning, single-colored image (two-
dimensional dot image) is created. To obtain full-color image, two-dimensional dot
images for four colors are created.
Resolution is defined as follows:
Main scanning direction: dots / inch
Sub scanning direction: scanning lines / inch
Figure 2-32. Print Resolution Calculation Method
Figure 2-31. Data Flow

Confidential
2.5.9 Duplex
5/22/2018
 SENSOR PHOTO (DUP Jam Sensor) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Detects that paper has been transferred to the duplex section.

 CLUTCH DUP
Transmits drive force from MOTOR ASSY DUP to Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
Exit Roll counterrotates when the clutch is activated.
(Refer to “2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) ”.)
 MOTOR ASSY DUP
Supplies drive force to Lower Roll (ROLL ASSY DUP2), Upper Roll (ROLL
ASSY DUP1), and Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
(Refer to “2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) ”.)
 PWBA DUP
Controls motor, sensor, and clutch.
 FAN DUP
Cools inside of the printer.
Figure 2-33. Duplex

Confidential
2.5.10 550 Paper Feeder

2.5.10.1 Part Names and Functions (Paper Cassette)
5/22/2018  GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
The GUIDE
trues ASSY
up the left andSIDE (R/L) of
right edges moves crossways
sheets of paper.of the paper feed direction, and
 GUIDE ASSY CST END
The GUIDE ASSY CST END moves parallel to the paper feed direction, and
determines the paper size. The SWITCH ASSY SIZE turns on/off depending on
the position of the GUIDE ASSY CST END (2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60)), and
detects the paper size.
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll) and ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll) nip a
paper to prevent multi-feeding.
 PLATE ASSY BTM (Bottom Plate)
Bottom Plate is locked to the bottom of the main unit when the paper cassette is
removed, and its lock is released when the paper cassette is installed. Bottom plate
presses paper against the Nudger Roll by spring pressure.
Figure 2-34. Paper Cassette (550 Paper Feeder)

Confidential
2.5.10.2 Multi-Feed Prevention

2.5.10.3 Bottom Plate Operation 56/458
Some papers are stuck together in the paper cassette and these papers tend to cause The lock of GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY is released when a paper cassette is
multi-feeding or paper jams. Nudger Roll transfers paper in between Feed Roll and inserted to the main unit.
5/22/2018 Retard Roll. When a sheet of paper is transferred, Feed Roll and Retard EPSON
Roll rotate tose r C2800_3800
Ac uLa Whensear vic
paper cassette
e ma nua l - slideis inserted
pdf.c om until it stops, gears of RACK BTM LOCK and
continue
separatestransferring papers.
the lower paper If two orRetard
by friction, more papers are transferred,
Roll stops rotating, andRetard Roll rotates
Feed Roll GEAR BTM LOCK
spring pressure ONEWAY
of SPRING BTMare
UP.disengaged and PLATE ASSY BTM rises up by
to transfer the upper paper.
Retard Roll is pressed against Feed Roll by spring pressure, and is controlled by the
torque limiter (CLUTCH FRICTION RET) that is connected to the Retard Roll.
Figure 2-36. Bottom Plate Operation (550 Paper Feeder)
Figure 2-35. Multi-Feed Prevention (550 Paper Feeder)

Confidential
2.5.10.4 Part Names and Functions (Feeder)

 SWITCH ASSY SIZE

Detects paper size and the presence of the paper tray.
5/22/2018
(Refer to “2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60) ”.) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 SENSOR PHOTO (CST No Paper Sensor)

Detects presence of papers in the paper cassette according to the change in
position of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
(No paper state: Shielding the sensor)
 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER to ROLL ASSY
FEED (PICK UP ASSY). (Refer to “2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) ”.)
 ROLL ASSY FEED
When CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED operates, ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll and
Nudger Roll) starts to rotate and transfers papers.
(Refer to “2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) ”.)
 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
Transmits drive force from DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR to ROLL ASSY TURN.
 ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN is rotated by DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER via
CLUTCH ASSY TURN, and transfers paper from paper cassette to printer.
 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Drives rollers of 550 Paper Feeder.
Figure 2-37. Feeder (550 Paper Feeder)
(Refer to “2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) ”.)
 PWBA OPT FDR
Controls motor, sensor, and clutch.

Confidential
2.6 Mode Mode transition between each mode is shown below:

2.6.1 Operating Modes
The printer has the following six operating modes:

 Wait Mode In
The printer is adjusting print image quality

 Ready Mode
The printer is ready to print
 Printing Mode
Printing is in progress
 Error Mode
The printer detected an error
 Initializing Mode
The printer detected that new part was installed at the moment
(e.g. Idling after new Deve Unit is installed)
 Checking Unit Mode
The printer is checking the consumable products
Figure 2-38. Mode Transition Diagram
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Mode 59

Confidential
2.7 Control
2.7.1 Paper Size Control
Paper
Switchsize is definedASSY
of SWITCH by the SIZE
position of GUIDE
varies ASSY
depending CST
on the END. Status
position of Paper
of GUIDE ASSYSize
CST END, and paper size is determined by the combination of the Paper Size Switch.
Figure 2-39. Paper Size Control
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Control 60

Confidential
The following table shows the on/off status of Paper Size Switch in the SWITCH 2.7.2 ROS Light Intensity Control
ASSY SIZE according to the paper size.
An image data converted to electric signals (expresses image data by ups and downs of
Paper Size Switches are referred to as “SW2”, “SW1”, and “SW0” voltage) is sent to the laser diode in the ROS ASSY, and the laser diode converts the

5/22/2018  from the top. electric signals to the light signals (controls on/off of the laser beam).
The laser
stable diode monitors
electrostatic and controls
latent image withoutthebeing
lightaffected
intensitybyofthe
thefluctuations
laser beam to
of create
the laser
beam intensity, optical system (such as lenses), and drum sensitivity.
The ROS of this printer has laser diodes for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and
the light intensity for each color is automatically adjusted.
Table 2-2. Paper Size Control
Paper Size Switch
Paper Size
SW2 SW1 SW0
LEGAL14" (SEF) ON ON ON
LEGAL13" (SEF) ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE (SEF) ON OFF ON
B5 (SEF) ON OFF OFF
A4 (SEF) OFF ON ON
LETTER (SEF) OFF OFF ON
A5 OFF ON OFF
No cassette OFF OFF OFF Figure 2-40. Paper Size Switch
ON: Paper Size Switch is pressed by the actuator.

Confidential
2.7.3 Process Control 2.7.3.1 Electric Potential Control

In order to perform stabilized printing, it is necessary to adjust the parameters related to To acquire stabilized print image density, drum charging voltage, developer DC
forming images on a timely basis. The control of whole print process including charging voltage, and ROS Light Intensity should be adjusted depending on the
adjustment of the parameters is referred to as “process control”. Main controls are the developing performance which can be changed by various factors. The adjusted drum
following
the numbertwo
of controls. Theseexceeds
printed pages controls25are carried out after or during printing each time
pages. charging
the voltage,control
print process the developer DC the
every time voltage, and ROS
adjustments areLight
made.Intensity are reflected in
 Electric potential control Overview of the control is described below:

 Toner density control 1. Detects temperature and humidity with the SENSOR HUM (temperature and
humidity sensor).
The additional controls to cover the above two controls are as follows:
2. Creates four patches (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) onto the Transfer Belt for
 High Area Coverage Mode bias control.
 Admix Mode 3. Detects density of the patches on the Transfer Belt with an ADC sensor (density
sensor).
4. Adjusts charged potential of the drum, developer DC voltage, and ROS light
intensity for each color.

Confidential
2.7.4 Color Registration Control Overview of the control is described below.

This printer uses a tandem-type engine that equips exclusive drums and developer units 1. Measures the output value of the ADC Sensor when it is detecting non-toner area
for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. As a full-color print image is generated by on the Transfer Belt, and determines the threshold value.
overlaying four images formed on the drums for each color, there is a possibility that 2. Creates color registration control patches on the Transfer Belt. The patches consist
color
of theshift may occur.
registration shiftTo
andprevent
adjuststhis,
the color registration
writing control
timing of the ROS. calculates
Also, thethe amount
lateral of bold lines with a width of 10 mm and arranged in the order of K, K, C, K, M, K,
Y as shown in the figure below (the first K-black line is created once, and the
registration control adjusts the color shift of four colors in the lateral direction.
subsequent six lines are repeated four times).
Color registration control is performed when executing the process control based on
the change of temperature inside the printer and the number of printed pages.
Figure 2-41. Color Registration Control Patch

3. Measures the density of the created patches with the ADC Sensor.
4. Calculates the registration shift amount by comparing the threshold value
determined in Step 1 and the measured value in Step 3.
5. Changes the ROS writing timing based on the obtained shift amount.

Confidential
2.7.5 Fuser Control

2.7.5.1 Fuser Temperature Control

The Fuser Temperature Control sets up the target temperature at all times, and turns on/
off the Heater Lamp so that the surface temperature of the Heat Roll becomes the target
temperature.
The surface temperature of the Heat Roll is detected by the Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-
contact temp sensor) located at the center of the Heat Roll and the Temp. Sensor (STS:
Soft touch sensor). The Heater Lamp is turned off if the measured temperature is
higher than the target, on the other hand, the Heater Lamp is turned on if the measured
temperature is lower than the target.
If the STS comes off from the Heat Roll, correct temperature detection becomes
impossible.
because the Itprinter
may cause
heats the
up FUSER UNIT
the FUSER to melt
UNIT or taketo
according fire
theduring warm-up process
false temperature
which is lower than the actual one. In order to prevent this, the Heater Lamp is
automatically turned off if the temperature of the FUSER UNIT does not reach a
predetermined level within specified period of time.
The target temperature varies depending on conditions such as during standby,

printing, or executing process control. The target temperature also changes according
to the temperature detected by the SENSOR HUM TEMP (temperature and humidity
sensor),
mode, andtemperature difference
input power voltage.between the center and the edges of the Heat Roll, print
2.7.5.2 Cool-Down
When the printing is continued for a certain period of time, temperature distribution on
the Heat Roll surface becomes uneven. Cool-down is performed to equalize the surface
temperature of the Heat Roll by not feeding papers for a while. If the temperature of the
Heat Roll edges is high, the printer stops feeding paper until the temperature falls to the
target level.
2.7.5.3 Sensor Warm-up
The Temp.Sensor (NCS: non-contact temp sensor) located at the center of the Heat
Roll cannot detect temperature correctly if the temperature of the sensor itself is minus
5 °C or lower. If the printer detects the condition, it warms up the sensor until the
sensor temperature becomes 0 °C. This is called “sensor warm-up”.

Confidential
2.8 Drive Transmission Path

2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
5/22/2018 DRIVE ASSY MAIN consists of Main Motor, Sub Motor, and Deve Motor. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
(Refer to “2.5.7 Drive (p52) ”.)

The following section explains drive transmission from DRIVE ASSY MAIN to each
unit by dividing the flow into two sections: development/transfer and fusing/ejection.
DEVELOPMENT/TRANSFER
 BLACK and WHITE MODE
Figure 2-43. Drive Transmission Path (Development/Transfer)
Figure 2-42. Drive Transmission Flow (Development/Transfer)
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Drive Transmission Path 66

Confidential
 FULL COLOR MODE

Figure 2-45. Drive Transmission Path (Development/Transfer)
Figure 2-44. Drive Transmission Flow (Development/Transfer)

Confidential
FUSING/EJECTION FUSER ASSY
The following section explains drive transmission of paper transfer to Heat Roll, and
drive transmission during single sided printing and duplex printing.
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Kmy06055EA
Figure 2-47. Drive Transmission Flow (Fusing/Ejection)
Figure 2-46. Drive Transmission Flow (Fusing/Ejection)

Confidential
2.8.2 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)

TONER DISPENSER drive force drives Agitator and Auger inside IMAGING
CARTRIDGE.
There are four Dispenser Assys in total corresponding Y, M, C, and K, and they
operate in the same way.
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Figure 2-49. Drive Transmission Path (TONER DISPENSER)
Figure 2-48. Drive Transmission Flow (TONER DISPENSER)

Confidential
2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH

Drive force of DRIVE ASSY PH is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
PAPER HANDLING
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Figure 2-51. Drive Transmission Path (DRIVE ASSY PH)
Figure 2-50. Drive Transmission Flow (DRIVE ASSY PH)

Confidential
2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP

The drive force of the MOTOR ASSY DUP is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
DUPLEX PRINT MODE
Figure 2-53. Drive Transmission Path (MOTOR ASSY DUP)
Figure 2-52. Drive Transmission Flow (MOTOR ASSY DUP)

Confidential
2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR

The drive force of DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
550 PAPER FEEDER (OPTION)
Figure 2-55. Drive Transmission Path (DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR)
Figure 2-54. Drive Transmission Flow (DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR)

Confidential
2.9 Features of the Controller Table 2-3. Controller Outline Specifications

Item Description
MAIN FEATURES ROM Connector specification 90pin DIMM
Device capacity C533PROG, FLASH 16MB
 A4 color tandem engine
5/22/2018 Extended ROM slot
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om 1 slot
 Print speed: 25 ppm (Monochrome)/20 ppm (Color) Optional ROM Chinese, Unicode fonts
 Resolution: 600 dpi/1200 dpi (Print speed is reduced by half at 1200 dpi) SDRAM DDR333
 Clock frequency: 133.3 MHz Standard SDRAM 200pin SO DIMM 128 MB
SDRAM slot 2 slot
 Program ROM DIMM: 16 MB (standard), Flash ROM DIMM: C533PROG (option)
Max. SDRAM capacity  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : 640MB
 Processing language: ESC/PAGE-Color, PostScript3, PCL5c, PCL6c (standard)  AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : 1GB
 Optional ROM DIMM that supports Chinese and Unicode fonts
PWM SP4NX-C (E05C031A)
 LCD wide panel (with back light) Control panel Wide panel
Buttons x 6
LED x 3
OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS
with back light
The following table shows the outline specifications of the controller. USB USB2.0 HS
Type-B Installed
Table 2-3. Controller Outline Specifications
Network standard 100BaseTX/10BaseT
Item Description
USB host Specification USB 1.1 integrated host
Engine specifications A4 color tandem (AcuLaser C3800/C3800D only)
Print speed Color: 20 ppm Device SIR720005
B/W: 25 ppm Clock 12.0000 MHz
CPU  AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
PowerPC 750FL-400
PowerPC 750FL-600
ASIC Memory ASIC

Video ASIC FMV + PLD
I/O ASIC FAIO
Panel PCC
Clock Clock driver HD151TS311
Clock frequency 133.3 MHz
Reset M51957BFP
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Features of the Controller 73

Confidential
DIAGRAM Table 2-4. Main Elements Explanation

IC Name Reference Function/Specification
Overview of connections of the clock and the data bus is shown below:
CPU IC101  Device: PowerPC 750FL-600
 Clock speed: 600MHz
5/22/2018 FMV
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om IC102 ASIC for memory control and video control
FAIO IC401 ASIC for I/O control
PLD (Programmable Logic Device) IC103 Interface between CPU and FMV
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) IC601 Pulse duration of video signal control IC
 Controls frequency between FMV and
engine I/F.
EEPROM IC402 Stores printer setting information, history,
and so on.
 Capacity: 256 Kbyte
SSCG IC501 Clock generator
(Spread Spectrum Clock Generator)  Controls emission noise from devices by
fluctuating frequency among them.
PCC IC400 Panel control IC
RESET IC IC502 Resets the system by detecting power-on,
power-off, and intermittent discontinuity.
Table 2-5. Signals Explanation

Signal Name Function
CPUCLK System clock for CPU
SPD A signal for getting DIMM information
EVCLK Video clock
PDCLK PWM clock
VIDEOX CMYK Video signal
HSYNCX CMYK Hsync signal
PD CMYK Video data
VSYNCX CMYK Vsync signal
CMD Engine command signal
STS Engine status signal
FAIOCLK System clock for FAIO
CPSCLK System clock for PCC
Figure 2-56. Circuity Block Diagram

Confidential
2.9.1 Power Supply

The power supply diagram is shown below:
Figure 2-57. Power Supply Diagram

Confidential
CHAPTER
TROUBLESHOOTING
3
Confidential
3.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting 3.1.2 Preliminary Check

Before starting troubleshooting, make sure that the following conditions are all met.
For efficient troubleshooting, verify the condition of the trouble carefully using FIP
(Fault Isolation Procedures) with reference to Chapter 2 “OPERATING 1. The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits.
PRINCIPLES (p.30) and Chapter 7 Connectors (p.396). (Measure the voltage at the wall socket.)
5/22/2018
. 2. The power cord must be free from damage, short circuit or breaking, and should be
connected properly to the power source.

3.1.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting
3. The printer must be grounded properly.
Perform troubleshooting work according to the following flowchart.
4. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to too high or
Verify the condition of the trouble low temperature, too high or low humidity, or abrupt temperature change.
5. The printer should not be located near waterworks, humidifiers, heaters or flames,
in a dusty
from an airatmosphere,
conditioner.or in a place where the printer can be exposed to air blasts
Preliminary Check
6. The printer should not be located in a place where volatile or inflammable gasses
are produced.
Start 7. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to direct
sunlight.
8. The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place.
Chapter2 “OPERATING PRINCIPLES” (p.30)
Troubleshoot using FIP Chapter7 “Connectors” (p.396) 9. The printer must be placed on a solid, stable and flat surface.
10. The paper used must conform to the specifications. (Standard paper is
recommended.)
Check if the trouble

11. There should be no errors in handling of the printer.
returns to normal 12. The Regular Replacement Parts must have been replaced every time their
respective specified number of sheets has been printed.
Preventative * : Clean the Feed Roller, and check if there is

maintenance any other part which is likely to cause
another error.
Finish
Figure 3-1. Procedure for Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING Procedure for Troubleshooting 77

Confidential
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Troubleshooting Work

1. Be sure to unplug the power cord before starting troubleshooting work unless
instructed
http://slide pdf.c om/re topson-a
a de r/full/e plugcitulain.
se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 77/458
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when the power is on.
5/22/2018 The power switch/inlet part is alive even when the power switch
EPSON isse r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Ac uLa
turned OFF. Take care not to touch any live parts.
2. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed, and the interlock
and safety switches turned ON, be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J12) on the
PWBA MCU from the ROS ASSY, except when its connection is required.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed,
and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, there is a danger
of the laser beam being emitted from ROS ASSY. Be sure to
disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J12), except when its
connection is required.
3. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed, and the interlock
and safety switches turned ON, be careful of a high voltage from HVPS.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed,
and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, never touch the
high-voltage power supply and any other high voltage output part
as a high voltage may be output from HVPS.
4. When touching any hot surfaces, take care not to burn yourself.
5. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from your body.
TROUBLESHOOTING Procedure for Troubleshooting 78

Confidential
3.2 FIP 3.2.2 The flow of FIP

Ask the operator about the conditions of the trouble.
3.2.1 FIP
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Was the operator operating the printer correctly? 79/458
Y N
FIP is provided as the first step to identify the cause of the trouble. FIP is a guide for Y N
proceeding with troubleshooting while checking error codes and various other Instruct the operator how to operate the printer.
5/22/2018
symptoms of trouble. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Is an error message (error code) displayed on the printer panel?

Y N
Is it a paper-jam trouble?
Y N
Is it an image quality problem?
Y N
Is the printer making abnormal noise?
Y N
Perform troubleshooting with reference to
“7.1 Connectors” (p.396).
Make up the trouble with reference to

“3.6 Abnormal Noise-related Trouble” (p.151).
Make up the trouble with reference to

“3.5 Print Quality Trouble FIP” (p.135).
Ask the operator how the jam occurred and execute printing in the
same manner as s/he did. Does paper jam occur?
Y N
Recheck the trouble condition, and execute preventive
maintenance with reference to “7.1 Connectors” (p.396),
disassembly adjustment, or various information.
Take notes on the jam code.

Make up the trouble with reference to FIP.
Have the F/W of the main controller and the engine controller been updated?
Make up the trouble with reference to FIP.
Figure 3-2. The Flow of FIP
TROUBLESHOOTING FIP 80
Confidential
3.2.3 List of Warnings and Errors
PAPER JAM
Table 3-1. List of Warnings and Errors (Paper Jam)

Class LCD Message Description See FIP
5/22/2018 Paper Jam MP C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the Ac
EPSON specified time after feeding
uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic epaper from
ma nua thepdf.c
l - slide MSI. om FIP 1-1 (p.87)
Paper Jam C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the specified time after feeding paper from tray 1. FIP 1-2 (p.88)
The REGI SENSOR detected paper too soon after feeding paper. FIP 1-4 (p.90)
The REGI SENSOR kept detecting paper longer than the specified time. Or the REGI SENSOR detected paper while the printer is initializing. FIP 1-6 (p.92)
The Dup Jam Sensor detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-13 (p.98)
Paper Jam C2 C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the specified time after feeding paper from tray 2. FIP 1-3 (p.89)
Paper Jam A B The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) could not detect paper within specified time after the REGI SENSOR has detected it. FIP 1-5 (p.91)
r The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) kept detecting paper longer than the specified time. Or the Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) detected paper while the FIP 1-7 (p.93)
o
rr printer is initializing.
E
Paper passed the Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) to soon after the sensor detected the paper. FIP 1-7 (p.93)
The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-12 (p.97)
Paper Jam A D The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper after the Dup Jam Sensor has detected it. FIP 1-8 (p.94)
The Dup Jam Sensor could not detect paper after the paper has passed the switchback section. FIP 1-9 (p.95)
The Dup Jam Sensor kept detecting paper longer than the specified time. FIP 1-9 (p.95)
Or the Dup Jam Sensor detected paper while the printer is initializing.
The Regi Sensor detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-11 (p.97)
Check Transparency The PWBA OHP Sensor detected different type of paper. FIP 1-10 (p.96)
Confidential
Figure 3-3. Paper Feed Path Diagram
Confidential
Table 3-2. List of Warnings and Errors (Other than paper jam)
Class LCD Message Description See FIP
Replace Toner Yellow(Y)  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning) FIP 1-35 (p.111)
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic IMAGING
 e -maCARTRIDGE (Y) has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
nua l 83/458
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
Replace Toner Magenta(M)  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning) FIP 1-36 (p.112)
5/22/2018
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)EPSON
has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
Replace Toner Cyan(C)  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning) FIP 1-37 (p.112)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
r
o
rr Replace Toner Black(K)  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning) FIP 1-38 (p.113)
E
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
Replace Transfer Unit TRANSFER UNIT has reached the end of its service life. FIP 1-39 (p.113)
Printer Open The front cover is opened. FIP 1-45 (p.117)
Close Front Cover The specified time (5 min.) has passed after the cover is opened. FIP 1-45 (p.117)
Wrong Toner Yellow(Y) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) is not correct. FIP 1-46 (p.118)
Wrong Toner Magenta(M) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) is not correct. FIP 1-47 (p.118)
Wrong Toner Cyan(C) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) is not correct. FIP 1-48 (p.119)
Wrong Toner Black(K) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) is not correct. FIP 1-49 (p.119)
Confidential
3.2.4 List of Service Request

Table 3-3. List of Service Request
Class Code Description See FIP
100  Laser power has weakened. FIP 1-24 (p.103)

 SOS signal cannot be detected.
300  Abnormal high temperature was detected FIP 1-25 (p.104)
 The printer detected that the circuit for the Temp sensor is in failure.
 Abnormal low temperature was detected
 Warm-up has not completed within the specified time.
)
E
(  The lamp remains lit longer than the specified time.
d
et 500 Abnormal rotation signal of Main/Sub/Deve Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) or the PH Motor (DRIVE ASSY PH) is detected. FIP 1-26 (p.105)
lae
R 550 Abnormal rotation signal of the FAN MAIN/FAN DUP is detected. FIP 1-27 (p.106)
e
in
g 600 Output of the ADC Sensor inside the TRANSFER UNIT is decreased. FIP 1-28 (p.107)
n
E 610 High temperature, low temperature, or high humidity that goes out of bounds is detected. FIP 1-29 (p.108)
900  NV-RAM in the PWBA MCU error FIP 1-30 (p.109)
 Communication error between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA EEPROM, CRUM in the FUSER UNIT, CRUM in the TRANSFER UNIT, or the
HVPS.
901 Firmware error FIP 1-31 (p.109)
998 Engine communication error FIP 1-32 (p.110)
0000-0799 CPU exception (controller or software failure)

0800 IPL error (controller defect)
0998 Engine communication error (only when power-on)
0999 Engine flash ROM has no program data
) 1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.)
C
(
d
et 1001 Standard RAM error (minimum stack is undefined, etc.)
al “3.4 Controller-
e 1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined, etc.)
R related Trouble FIP
re
lr
o 1003 Optional RAM error (p133) ”
t 1010 Verification error
n
o
C 1020 RAM error (slot 0)
1021 RAM error (slot 1)
1022 RAM error (slot 2)
1100 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font)
1101 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font)
Confidential
Table 3-3. List of Service Request

Class Code Description See FIP
1110 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font latter half)
1111 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font latter half)
1120 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 7) (program)

1170 Optional FONT ROM checksum error
1180 Optional ROM module A checksum error
1181 Optional ROM module B checksum error
1182 Optional ROM module C checksum error

) 1185 ROM module unsupported
C
(
d
et 1200 EEPROM writing error
al “3.4 Controller-
e 1210 EEPROM writing times limit
R related Trouble FIP
re
ll 1300 RTC failure (p133) ”
o
tr
n 1400 Engine initialization error
o
C
1500 CCNV hardware error
1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for compression
1600 Video series hardware error (including PWMIC calibration error)
1610 Video series hardware error (VCNV error)
1700 Loopback test failure of network board
1702 Network board uninstalled
1710 Token Ring hardware error
1800 Illegal SPD

1999 Other hardware errors
2000 Software error
Confidential
3.3 Engine-related Trouble FIP Step Check Yes No

Check the operation of the CLUTCH ASSY End of procedure Go to Step [7].
6 PH TURN
3.3.1 Level 1 FIP
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN with
reference to FIP 2-3 (p.122).
FIP 1-1 Paper Jam MP C1 A
Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the DRIVE ASSY PH
5/22/2018
 Possible parts that caused the error 7
Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to --- ---
 SOLENOID FEED MSI  ROLL ASSY FEED MSI FIP 2-6 (p.123).
 DRIVE ASSY PH  ROLL ASSY RETARD
 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN  ROLL ASSY TURN
 REGI SENSOR  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

Check the paper feed path Clean or replace Go to Step [2].
1 Is there any foreign material, deformation, or the part.
dirt on the path?
Check the Paper Feed Rollers Go to Step [3]. Reinstall the
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL ASSY rollers correctly.
FEED MSI/ROLL ASSY RETARD/ROLL
ASSY TURN) installed correctly?
Check the Paper Feed Rollers Replace the Go to Step [4].
3 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL ASSY rollers.
FEED MSI/ROLL ASSY RETARD/ROLL
ASSY TURN) worn?
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR End of procedure Go to Step [5].
4 Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to
FIP 2-1 (p.121). Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the SOLENOID End of procedure Go to Step [6].
5 FEED MSI
Check the SOLENOID FEED MSI with
TROUBLESHOOTING Engine-related Trouble FIP 87

Confidential
FIP 1-2 Paper Jam C1 A
 Possible parts that caused the error
 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED

http://slide pdf.c om/re ROLL ASSY FEED (Nudger Roll)
nua l
a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma 87/458
 DRIVE ASSY PH  ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)

 ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll)
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger rollers correctly.
Roll/Retard Roll) installed correctly?
3 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger rollers.
Roll/Retard Roll) worn?
5 PH FEED
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED with
6 Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to --- ---
FIP 2-6 (p.123).

Confidential
FIP 1-3 Paper Jam C2 C1 A Step Check Yes No

 Possible parts that caused the error 6 TURN OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Check the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT with
 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT  ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)
 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT  PWBA FEED-H
 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR  REGI SENSOR Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the DRIVE ASSY
5/22/2018
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll)  PWBA MCU 7 OPT FDR
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Nudger Roll) --- ---
Check the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR with
 Troubleshooting reference to FIP 2-14 (p.129).
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger rollers correctly.
Roll/Retard Roll) installed correctly?
3 Are the paper feed rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger rollers.
Roll/Retard Roll) worn?

5 FEED OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Check the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT with

Confidential
FIP 1-4 Paper Jam C1 A

 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR
2 Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to --- ---
FIP 2-1 (p.121).

Confidential
FIP 1-5 Paper Jam A B Step Check Yes No

Check the operation of the Main Motor in End of procedure Go to Step [9].
 Possible parts that caused the error 8 the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI  ROLL REGI METAL
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l MAIN with reference to FIP 2-7 (p.124). 90/458
 DRIVE ASSY PH  TRANSFER UNIT
 
DRIVE ASSY MAIN FUSER UNIT Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the Exit Sensor in the
 ROLL REGI RUBBER  PWBA MCU 9 FUSER UNIT
5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om --- ---
 Troubleshooting Check the Exit Sensor in the FUSER UNIT with
Step Check Yes No
dirt on the path?
2 Are the paper feed rollers (ROLL REGI rollers correctly.
RUBBER/ROLL REGI METAL) installed
correctly?
3 Are the paper feed rollers (ROLL REGI rollers.
RUBBER/ROLL REGI METAL) worn?
Check the installation of the TRANSFER Go to Step [5]. Reinstall the
4 UNIT
Is the TRANSFER UNIT installed correctly?
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
Check the TRANSFER UNIT Replace the Go to Step [6].
5 Is the TRANSFER UNIT deformed or TRANSFER
damaged? UNIT. (p.268)
6 PH REGI
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI with
(p.123)
reference
Was to FIP fixed?
the trouble 2-5 .
Check the operation of the DRIVE ASSY PH End of procedure Go to Step [8].
7 Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to
FIP 2-6 (p.123).

Confidential
FIP 1-6 Paper Jam C1 A Step Check Yes No

 Possible parts that caused the error 8 the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI  ROLL REGI RUBBER
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l MAIN with reference to FIP 2-7 (p.124). 91/458
 DRIVE ASSY PH  ROLL REGI METAL
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  TRANSFER UNIT Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR
 REGI SENSOR  PWBA MCU 9 Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to --- ---
 Troubleshooting FIP 2-1 (p.121).
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL REGI rollers correctly.
correctly?
4 UNIT
Is the TRANSFER UNIT installed correctly?
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
Check the TRANSFER UNIT Replace the Go to Step [6].
5 Is the TRANSFER UNIT deformed or TRANSFER
damaged? UNIT. (p.268)
6 PH REGI
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI with
7 Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to

Confidential
FIP 1-7 Paper Jam A B
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  PWBA MCU

 FUSER UNIT
 Troubleshooting
5/22/2018
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
Check the operation of the Exit Clutch in the End of procedure Go to Step [3].
2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Exit Clutch in the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN with reference to FIP 2-10 (p.125).
Check the operation of the Exit Sensor in the
3 FUSER UNIT
--- ---
Check the Exit Sensor in the FUSER UNIT with

Confidential
FIP 1-8 Paper Jam A D Step Check Yes No

 Possible parts that caused the error 7 Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to
 CLUTCH DUP  CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
 MOTOR ASSY DUP
http://slide pdf.c om/re DRIVE ASSY PH
nua l
a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR 93/458
 ROLL ASSY DUP1  REGI SENSOR Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to --- ---
 ROLL ASSY DUP2  PWBA DUP
8 FIP 2-1 (p.121).
5/22/2018
 ROLL ASSY TURN  PWBA MCU EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL REGI rollers correctly.
correctly?
4 Check the operation of the CLUTCH DUP

Check the CLUTCH DUP with reference to
End of procedure Go to Step [5].

Check the operation of the MOTOR ASSY End of procedure Go to Step [6].
5 DUP
Check the MOTOR ASSY DUP with reference
to FIP 2-17 (p.132). Was the trouble fixed?
6 PH TURN
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN with

Confidential
FIP 1-9 Paper Jam A D
 DUP JAM SENSOR  ROLL ASSY DUP2

 CLUTCH DUP
http://slide pdf.c om/re PWBA DUP
nua l
a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma 94/458
 MOTOR ASSY DUP  PWBA MCU

 ROLL ASSY DUP1
5/22/2018  Troubleshooting EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Step Check Yes No

dirt on the path?
2 Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL ASSY rollers correctly.
DUP1/ROLL ASSY DUP2/ROLL ASSY
TURN) installed correctly?
3 Are the paper feed rollers (ROLL ASSY DUP1/ rollers.
ROLL ASSY DUP2/ROLL ASSY TURN)
worn?
4 Check the operation of the DUP JAM

SENSOR
Check the DUP JAM SENSOR with reference
to FIP 2-15 (p.130). Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the CLUTCH DUP End of procedure Go to Step [6].
5 Check the CLUTCH DUP with reference to
Check the operation of the MOTOR ASSY
6 DUP
Check the MOTOR ASSY DUP with reference --- ---
to FIP 2-17 (p.132).

Confidential
FIP 1-10 Check Transparency Step Check Yes No

Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Replace the Replace the
 Possible parts that caused the error 7 OHP PWBA OHP HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J241 <=> P/J24 SENSOR. ASSY OHP.
 PWBA OHP LED  HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
normal? (p.240)
 PWBA OHP SENSOR HARNESS
nua
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma l ASSY OHP 95/458
 PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

Check the connection of the PWBA OHP Go to Step [2]. Reconnect
1 LED and the PWBA OHP SENSOR P/J2411, P/J2412,
Check the connection state of the following items. P/J241, and P/J24
 PWBA OHP LED - PWBA MCU correctly.
PWBA OHP SENSOR - PWBA MCU
Are P/J2411, P/J2412, P/J241, and P/J24
connected correctly?
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Replace the
2 OHP SNR HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J2412 <=> P/J241 ASSY OHP SNR.
normal?
3 OHP HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J241 <=> P/J24 ASSY OHP.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to PWBA Go to Step [5]. Replace the
4 OHP LED PWBA MCU.
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU (p.343)
ground <=> P/J24-1PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +3.3 V) output?
Replace of the PWBA OHP LED End of procedure Go to Step [6].
5 Replace the PWBA OHP LED. (p.253)

6 OHP SNR HARNESS
normal?

Confidential
FIP 1-11 Paper Jam A D FIP 1-12 Paper Jam A B
 Possible parts that caused the error  Possible parts that caused the error
 REGI SENSOR  PWBA MCU  FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU


 96/458
Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No Step Check Yes No
Check the REGI SENSOR Remove the GoEPSON
to StepAc[2]. Check the
l - Exit Sensor
om part in the FUSER Remove the Go to Step [2].
5/22/2018
1 Is there any foreign material or paper dust on foreign material 1
uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic
UNIT
e ma nua slide pdf.c
foreign material
the REGI SENSOR? or paper dust. Is there any foreign material or paper dust on or paper dust.
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR the Exit Sensor part in the FUSER UNIT?
2 --- --- Check the operation of the Exit Sensor in the
Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to
FIP 2-1 (p.121).
2 FUSER UNIT
Check the Exit Sensor in the FUSER UNIT with --- ---

Confidential
FIP 1-13 Paper Jam C1 A FIP 1-14 Install Yellow(Y) TnrCart
 DUP JAM SENSOR  PWBA MCU  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)  HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
 PWBA DUP
 SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)  PWBA MCU 97/458
 Troubleshooting  Troubleshooting
Check the DUP JAM SENSOR Remove the Go to Step [2]. Check the installation of the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the
1 Is there any foreign material or paper dust on foreign material 1 CARTRIDGE (Y) IMAGING
the DUP JAM SENSOR? or paper dust. Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed CARTRIDGE
correctly? (Y) correctly.
Check the operation of the DUP JAM End of procedure Go to Step [3].
2 SENSOR Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) Replace the Go to Step [3].
Check the DUP JAM SENSOR with reference
to FIP 2-15 (p.130). Was the trouble fixed? 2 Is there any damage to the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y)?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(Y). (p.271)
Check after replacing the PWBA DUP Replace the End of procedure
3 Check the connection of the SENSOR ASSY Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the
Replace the PWBA DUP with a new one.
(p.349)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
3 CRU (Y) P/J191 and P/J19
Does the error still occur after the replacement? Check the connection state between SENSOR correctly.
ASSY CRU (Y) and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J191 and P/J19 connected correctly?
4 TNR SNR
Is the continuity between P/J191 <=> P/J19
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to SENSOR Go to Step [6]. Replace the
5 ASSY CRU (Y) PWBA MCU.
6 Check the operation of the SENSOR ASSY

CRU (Y)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU (p.343) CRU (Y). (p.271)
Does the voltage change when the SENSOR
ASSY CRU (Y) is shielded from light?

Confidential
FIP 1-17 Install Black(K) TnrCart FIP 1-18 Install Transfer Unit
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)  HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR  TRANSFER UNIT  HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
 SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)  PWBA MCU  PWBA MCUR  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
Check the installation of the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the Check the installation of the TRANSFER Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the
1 CARTRIDGE (K) IMAGING 1 UNIT TRANSFER
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed CARTRIDGE Is the TRANSFER UNIT installed correctly? UNIT correctly.
correctly? (K) correctly.
Check the connection of the TRANSFER Go to Step [3]. Reconnect the
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) Replace the Go to Step [3]. 2 UNIT P/J2721, P/J272,
2 Is there any damage to the IMAGING

CARTRIDGE (K)?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
Check the connection state between
TRANSFER UNIT and PWBA MCU.
and P/J27
correctly.
(K) (p.271) Are P/J2721, P/J272, and P/J27 connected
Check the connection of the SENSOR ASSY Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the correctly?
3 CRU (K) P/J193 and P/J19 Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the
Check the connection state between SENSOR correctly. 3 FRONT COVER HARNESS
ASSY CRU (K) and PWBA MCU. Is the continuity between P/J2721 <=> P/J272 ASSY FRONT
Are P/J193 and P/J19 connected correctly? normal? COVER.
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [5]. Replace the Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [5]. Replace the
4 TNR SNR
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
4 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
normal? normal?
Check the power voltage supply to SENSOR Go to Step [6]. Replace the
5 ASSY CRU (K). PWBA MCU. 5 Check the power voltage supply to the ADC Replace the
Sensor in the TRANSFER UNIT. TRANSFER
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU (p.343) UNIT. (p.268) (p.343)
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU
ground <=> P/J19-7PIN. ground <=> P/J27-A7PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +3.3 V) output? Is the power voltage (approx. +5 V) output?
6 Check the operation of the SENSOR ASSY

CRU (K)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU (p.343) CRU (K).
ground <=> P/J19-9PIN. (p.288)
Does the voltage change when the SENSOR
ASSY CRU (K) is shielded from light?

Confidential
FIP 1-19 Install Fuser FIP 1-20 TonerCart Error Yellow(Y)
 FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)  HARNESS ASSY CRUM
 HARNESS ASSY FUSER  CONNECTOR CRUM  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)

 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
5/22/2018
Check after turning the power OFF and ON Go to Step [2]. Step Check
End of procedure Yes No
1 Check the installation of the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the
Does the error recur even when the power is
turned off and back on again?
1 CARTRIDGE (Y) IMAGING
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed CARTRIDGE
Check the installation of the FUSER UNIT Go to Step [3]. Reinstall the
2 Is the FUSER UNIT installed correctly? USER ASSY correctly? (Y) correctly.
correctly.
Check the connection of the FUSER UNIT Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the 2 Check the installation of the CONNECTOR Go to Step [3].
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
Reinstall the
CONNECTOR
3 Check the connection state between FUSER P/J171 and P/J17 Is the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM CRUM (CRUM
correctly. SENSOR) (Y) installed correctly? SENSOR) (Y)
UNIT and PWBA MCU.
correctly.
Check the connection of the CONNECTOR Go to Step [4]. Reconnect P/J311
4 Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [5]. Replace the 3 CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y) and P/J31
FUSER HARNESS
Check the connection state between correctly.
Is the continuity between P/J171 <=> P/J17 ASSY FUSER.
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
normal?
and PWBA MCU.
Check the resistance value of the Temp. Replace the Replace the
5 Sensor in the FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU. FUSER UNIT.
Measure the resistance value of the connectors (p.343) (p.298) 4 CRUM HARNESS
listed below. ASSY CRUM.
 J171-8PIN <=> J171-7PIN
normal?
 J171-4PIN <=> J171-6PIN
Check the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM Go to Step [6]. Replace the
 J171-4PIN <=> J171-5PIN 5 SENSOR) (Y) CONNECTOR
Can the resistance value be measured? CRUM (CRUM
Is there any damage to the CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)? SENSOR) (Y).
(p.280)
Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure
6 CARTRIDGE (Y) PWBA MCU.
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) with (p.343)
a new one. (p.271)
Does the error still occur after the replacement?

Confidential
FIP 1-23 TonerCart Error Black(K) FIP 1-24 Service Req E100 (ROS Failure)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)  HARNESS ASSY CRUM  ROS ASSY  PWBA MCU
 CONNECTOR CRUM  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
(CRUM SENSOR) (K)
 Troubleshooting Step Check Yes No
Check after turning the power OFF and ON. Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
5/22/2018 Step Check Yes No 1 Does the error recur even when the power is
Check the installation of the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the turned off and back on again?
1 CARTRIDGE (K) IMAGING Check the connection of the ROS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Reconnect the
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed CARTRIDGE 2 Check the connection state between ROS ASSY P/J151 and P/J12
correctly? (K) correctly. correctly.
and PWBA MCU.
2 Check the installation of the CONNECTOR Go to Step [3].

CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)
Reinstall the
CONNECTOR
Check after replacing the ROS ASSY Replace the End of procedure
Is the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM CRUM (CRUM 3 Replace the ROS ASSY with a new one. (p.280) PWBA MCU.
SENSOR) (K) installed correctly? SENSOR) (K)
correctly. Does the error still occur after the replacement? (p.343)
Check the connection of the CONNECTOR Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the

3 CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K) P/J314 and P/J31
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)
and PWBA MCU.
4 CRUM HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J314 <=> P/J31 ASSY CRUM.
normal?
Check the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM Go to Step [6]. Replace the
5 SENSOR) (K) CONNECTOR
Is there any damage to the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)? SENSOR) (K).
(p.280)
Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure
6 CARTRIDGE (K) PWBA MCU.
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) with (p.343)
a new one. (p.271)

Confidential
FIP 1-25 Service Req E300 (Fuser Failure) Step Check Yes No
Check after replacing the FUSER UNIT Go to Step [7]. End of procedure
 Possible parts that caused the error 6 Replace the FUSER UNIT with a new one.
(p.298)
 FUSER UNIT  LVPS
 HARNESS ASSY FUSER  PWBA MCU
 HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
7 Check after replacing the LVPS Replace the End of procedure
Replace the LVPS with a new one. (p.327) PWBA MCU.
 Troubleshooting (p.343)
5/22/2018
Step Check Yes No
1 Does the error recur even when the power is
Check the installation of the FUSER UNIT Go to Step [3]. Reinstall the
2 Is the FUSER UNIT installed correctly?

Check the connection of the FUSER UNIT Go to Step [4].
FUSER UNIT.
Reconnect
3 Check the connection state of the following P/J171, P/J17,
items. P/J47, P/J14, and
 FUSER UNIT - PWBA MCU
P/J501 correctly.
 FUSER UNIT - LVPS
 LVPS - PWBA MCU
Are P/J171, P/J17, P/J47, P/J14, and P/J501
4 FUSER HARNESS
Is there normal continuity between the ASSY FUSER.
following connectors?
 P/J171 <=> P/J17
 P/J171 <=> P/J47
5 LV TOP HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J14 <=> P/J501 ASSY LV TOP.
normal?

Confidential
FIP 1-26 Service Req E500 (Motor Failure)
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE

 DRIVE ASSY PH  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
5/22/2018

2 the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor with reference to FIP 2-7

(p.124). Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the Sub Motor in the End of procedure Go to Step [4].
3 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Sub Motor with reference to FIP 2-8
(p.124). Was the trouble fixed?
Check the operation of the Deve Motor in the End of procedure Go to Step [5].
4 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check
(p.125)the Deve
. Was theMotor with
trouble reference to FIP 2-9
fixed?
5 Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to --- ---
FIP 2-6 (p.123).

Confidential
FIP 1-28 Service Req E600 (ADC Sensor Error)
 TRANSFER UNIT  HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER

 PWBA MCU  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
5/22/2018

2 UNIT TRANSFER
Is the TRANSFER UNIT installed correctly? UNIT correctly.
Check the connection of the TRANSFER Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the
3 UNIT P/J2721, P/J272,
Check the connection state between and P/J27
TRANSFER UNIT and PWBA MCU. correctly.
Are P/J2721, P/J272, and P/J27 connected
correctly?
4 FRONT COVER HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J2721 <=> P/J272 ASSY FRONT
normal? COVER.
5 R SIDE HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J27 <=> P/J272 ASSY R SIDE.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to the ADC Replace the Replace the
6 Sensor in the TRANSFER UNIT. TRANSFER PWBA MCU.
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU UNIT. (p.268) (p.343)
ground <=> P/J27-A7PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +5 V) output?

Confidential
FIP 1-29 Service Req E610 (Environment Sensor Error) Step Check Yes No
 Possible parts that caused the error 8 HUM HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J261 <=> P/J26 ASSY HUM.
 SENSOR HUM  HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY HUM  HARNESS ASSY OHP
Check the power voltage supply to SENSOR
 PWBA OHP SNR  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
9 HUM. Replace
SENSORthe
(p.343)
HUM. Replace
(p.343)
the
PWBA MCU. 107/458
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU

Step Check Yes No Is the power voltage (approx. +5 V) output?
Check after turning the power OFF and ON Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
Check the connection of the PWBA OHP Go to Step [3]. Reconnect
2 SNR
Check the connection state between PWBA
P/J2411, P/J241,
and P/J24
OHP SNR and PWBA MCU. correctly.
correctly?
3 OHP SNR HARNESS
normal?
4 OHP HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J241 <=> P/J24? ASSY OHP.
Replace of the PWBA OHP SNR End of procedure Go to Step [6].
5 Replace the PWBA OHP SNR.
Replace of the PWBA MCU End of procedure Go to Step [7].
6 Replace the PWBA MCU. (p.343)
Check the connection of the SENSOR HUM Go to Step [8]. Reconnect P/J261
7 Check the connection state between SENSOR and P/J26
HUM and PWBA MCU. correctly.

Confidential
FIP 1-30 Service Req E900 (NV-RAM Error) FIP 1-31 Service Req E901 (Firmware Error)
 PWBA MCU  FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU

 PWBA EEPROM XPRO  TRANSFER UNIT
 Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
Step Check Yes No Check after turning the power OFF and ON. Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
5/22/2018 1 Does the error recur even when the power is
turned off and back on again? Check the firmware version Go to Step [3]. Update the
Check after reinstalling the PWBA MCU Replace the End of procedure
2 Is the firmware version latest? firmware.
2 Remove the PWBA MCU, and reinstall it PWBA MCU. Check after reinstalling the PWBA MCU Replace the End of procedure
properly. (p.343)
Does the error still occur after the replacement? 3 Remove the PWBA MCU, and reinstall it
properly.
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)

Confidential
FIP 1-32 Service Req E998 (Engine communication error) FIP 1-33 DM Error 002
 HARNESS ASSY ESS  PWBA MCU  HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT  PWBA DUP
 BOARD ASSY, MAIN  HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
Check the firmware version of the PWBA Go to Step [2]. Update the Step Check Yes No
5/22/2018 1 MCU firmware and go
Check the connection of the PWBA DUP Go to Step [2]. Reconnect
Check the firmware version of the PWBA to step [2]. 1 Check the connection state between PWBA P/J127, P/J272,
MCU. Is the version latest? DUP and PWBA MCU. P/J2720, and
Check the firmware version of the BOARD Go to Step [3]. Update the Are P/J127, P/J272, P/J2720, and P/J428 P/J428 correctly.
2 connected correctly?
ASSY, MAIN firmware.
Check the firmware version of the BOARD Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Replace the
ASSY, MAIN. Is the version latest?
2 DUP UNIT HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J428 <=> P/J2720 ASSY DUP
Check the continuity of HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the
3 ESS HARNESS normal? UNIT.
1. Disconnect P10 on the PWBA MCU. ASSY ESS. Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the
2. Disconnect the CN601 on the BOARD
ASSY, MAIN Is the continuity between P/J2720 <=> P/J272 ASSY FRONT
normal? COVER.
3. Check each wiring for continuity.
Do all of the wiring have normal continuity?
4 R SIDE HARNESS
Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN Replace the End of procedure
4 Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. PWBA MCU. Is the continuity between P/J272 <=> P/J27 ASSY R SIDE.
normal?
Does the error still occur after the replacement? (p.343)
Check after replacing the PWBA DUP Replace the End of procedure
5 Replace the PWBA DUP with a new one. PWBA MCU.
(p.349) (p.343)

Confidential
FIP 1-34 Cassette2 Error 001 FIP 1-35 Replace Toner Yellow(Y)
 HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT  PWBA FEED-H  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE  PWBA MCU  DISPENSER ASSY (Y)  PWBA MCU

Check the connection of the PWBA FEED-H Go to Step [2]. Reconnect Check after replacing the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
5/22/2018
1 Check the connection state between PWBA P/J127,
EPSON P/J272, 1 CARTRIDGE
Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic (Y) om
e ma nua l - slide pdf.c
FEED-H and PWBA MCU. P/J2720, and Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) with
Are P/J127, P/J272, P/J2720, and P/J428 P/J428 correctly. a new one. (p.271)
connected correctly? Does the error still occur after the replacement?
2 Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3].

FDR UNIT Replace
HARNESS the
2 Check the connection of the DISPENSER
ASSY (Y) Go to Step [3]. Reconnect
and P/J18 P/J181
Is the continuity between P/J419 <=> P/J273 ASSY FDR Check the connection state between correctly.
normal? UNIT. DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and PWBA MCU.
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the Are P/J181 and P/J18 connected correctly?
3 R SIDE HARNESS Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the
Is the continuity between P/J273 <=> P/J27 ASSY R SIDE. 3 LV TOP HARNESS
normal? Is the continuity between P/J18 <=> P/J181 ASSY LV TOP.
Check after replacing the PWBA FEED-H Replace the End of procedure normal?
4 Replace the PWBA FEED-H with a new one.

(p.370)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343) 4 Check the power voltage supply to
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
Replace the
DISPENSER
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
Does the error still occur after the replacement? 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (Y). (p.343)
ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.271)
the following work.
2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
MCU ground <=> P/J18-A1PIN, A2PIN.

Confidential
FIP 1-36 Replace Toner Magenta(M) FIP 1-37 Replace Toner Cyan(C)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
 DISPENSER ASSY (M)  PWBA MCU  DISPENSER ASSY (C)  PWBA MCU

Check after replacing the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. End of procedure Check after replacing the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
5/22/2018
1 CARTRIDGE (M) 1 CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) with Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) with
a new one. (p.271) a new one. (p.271)
Does the error still occur after the replacement? Does the error still occur after the replacement?

ASSY (M) Go to Step [3]. Reconnect
and P/J18 P/J182 2 Check the connection of the DISPENSER
ASSY (C) Go to Step [3]. Reconnect
and P/J18 P/J184
Check the connection state between correctly. Check the connection state between correctly.
DISPENSER ASSY (M) and PWBA MCU. DISPENSER ASSY (C) and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J182 and P/J18 connected correctly? Are P/J184 and P/J18 connected correctly?
3 LV TOP HARNESS 3 LV TOP HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J18 <=> P/J182 ASSY LV TOP. Is the continuity between P/J18 <=> P/J184 ASSY LV TOP.
normal? normal?
4 Check the power voltage supply to

DISPENSER ASSY (M)
Replace the
DISPENSER
Replace the
PWBA MCU. 4 Check the power voltage supply to
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
Replace the
DISPENSER
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (M). (p.343) 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (C). (p.343)
ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.271) ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.271)
the following work. the following work.
2. Measure the voltage between PWBA 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
MCU ground <=> P/J18-A7PIN, A8PIN. MCU ground <=> P/J18-B7PIN, B8PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output? Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output?

Confidential
FIP 1-38 Replace Toner Black(K) FIP 1-39 Replace Transfer Unit
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP  TRANSFER UNIT  PWBA MCU
 DISPENSER ASSY (K)  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Step Check Yes No 112/458
Step Check Yes No Check after replacing the TRANSFER UNIT Replace the End of procedure
Check after replacing the IMAGING Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
1 Replace the TRANSFER UNIT with a new one. PWBA MCU.
5/22/2018
1 CARTRIDGE (K) (p.268)
(p.343)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) with Does the error still occur after the replacement?
a new one. (p.271)

ASSY (K) Go to Step [3]. Reconnect
and P/J18 P/J183
DISPENSER ASSY (K) and PWBA MCU.
3 LV TOP HARNESS
normal?
4 Check the power voltage supply to

DISPENSER ASSY (K)
Replace the
DISPENSER
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (K). (p.343)
the following work.
MCU ground <=> P/J18-B1PIN, B2PIN.

Confidential
FIP 1-40 Replace Fuser FIP-41 INSTALL YELLOW(Y) TNRCART
 FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
 DISPENSER ASSY (Y)  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting
Step Check
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Yes No 113/458
Check after replacing the FUSER UNIT Replace the End of procedure Step Check Yes No
1 Replace the FUSER UNIT with a new one. PWBA MCU. Check the toner tape Go to Step [2]. Pull out the toner
5/22/2018
(p.300) (p.348) 1 Is the toner tape pulled out of the IMAGING
tape.
Does the error still occur after the replacement? CARTRIDGE (Y)?
3 CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) with
a new one. (p.271)
Check the connection of the DISPENSER Go to Step [5]. Reconnect P/J181
4 ASSY (Y) and P/J18
DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and PWBA MCU.
5 LV TOP HARNESS
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to Replace the Replace the
6 DISPENSER ASSY (Y) DISPENSER PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (Y). (p.343)

the following work.
MCU ground <=> P/J18-A1PIN, A2PIN.

Confidential
FIP 1-44 Install Black(K) TnrCart
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)  HARNESS ASSY LV TOP

 DISPENSER ASSY (K)  PWBA MCU
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No

Check the toner tape Go to Step [2]. Pull out the toner
1 Is the toner tape pulled out of the IMAGING tape.
CARTRIDGE (K)?
3 CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) with
a new one. (p.271)
Check the connection of the DISPENSER Go to Step [5]. Reconnect P/J183
4 ASSY (K) and P/J18
DISPENSER ASSY (K) and PWBA MCU.
5 LV TOP HARNESS
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to Replace the Replace the
6 DISPENSER ASSY (K) DISPENSER PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS ASSY (K). (p.343)

the following work.
MCU ground <=> P/J18-B1PIN, B2PIN.

Confidential
FIP 1-45 Printer Open / Close Front Cover Step Check Yes No
 Possible parts that caused the error 6 LV TOP HARNESS
 COVER ASSY FRONT  LVPS
normal?
 CONTACT FRONT  PWBA MCU
 
Check after replacing the LVPS Replace the End of procedure
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
 Troubleshooting
7 Replace the LVPS with a new one. (p.327) PWBA MCU.
Does the error still occur after the replacement? (p.343) 116/458
Step Check Yes No
Check the installation of the COVER ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reinstall the
5/22/2018 1 FRONT EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
COVER ASSY
Is the COVER ASSY FRONT installed FRONT
correctly and closed? correctly.
2 Check the shape of the CONTACT FRONT Go to Step [3].

Is the CONTACT FRONT correctly installed,
Reinstall
CONTACT the
and does it actuate the interlock switch? FRONT
correctly.
Check the connection of the HARNESS Go to Step [4]. Reconnect P/J44
3 ASSY INTERLOCK correctly.
Check the connection state between HARNESS
ASSY INTERLOCK and LVPS.
Is P/J44 connected correctly?
4 Check after replacing the HARNESS ASSY

INTERLOCK
Go to Step [5]. End of procedure
Replace the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK

with a new one. (p.327)
Check the connection of the HARNESS Go to Step [6]. Reconnect P/J502
5 ASSY LV TOP and P/J15
Check the connection state between LVPS and correctly.
PWBA MCU.

Confidential
FIP 1-46 Wrong Toner Yellow(Y) FIP 1-47 Wrong Toner Magenta(M)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)  PWBA MCU  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)  PWBA MCU

Check the installation position Go to Step [2]. Install the Check the installation position Go to Step [2]. Install the
1 1
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed in IMAGING Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) installed in IMAGING
the correct position? CARTRIDGE the correct position? CARTRIDGE
5/22/2018 (Y) in theAc
EPSON correct
uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om (M) in the correct
position. position.
Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure
2 CARTRIDGE (Y) PWBA MCU. 2 CARTRIDGE (M) PWBA MCU.
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) with (p.343) Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) with (p.343)

Confidential
FIP 1-48 Wrong Toner Cyan(C) FIP 1-49 Wrong Toner Black(K)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)  PWBA MCU  IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)  PWBA MCU

Check the installation position Go to Step [2]. Install the Check the installation position Go to Step [2]. Install the
1 IMAGING 1 IMAGING
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) installed in Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed in
the correct position? CARTRIDGE(C) the correct position? CARTRIDGE
5/22/2018 inEPSON
the correct
Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om (K) in the correct
position. position.
Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure Check after replacing the IMAGING Replace the End of procedure
2 CARTRIDGE (C) PWBA MCU. 2 CARTRIDGE (K) PWBA MCU.
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) with (p.343) Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) with (p.343)

Confidential
FIP 1-50 Install Transfer Unit FIP 1-51 Install Fuser
 TRANSFER UNIT  PWBA MCU  FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU


Check after replacing the TRANSFER UNIT Replace the End of procedure Check after replacing the FUSER UNIT Replace the End of procedure
1 Replace the TRANSFER UNIT with a new one. PWBA MCU.
1 Replace the FUSER UNIT with a new one. PWBA MCU.
Replace the TRANSFER UNIT with a new one. Replace the FUSER UNIT with a new one.
(p.268) (p.343) (p.298) (p.343)
5/22/2018 Does the error still occur after the replacement? Does the error still occur after the replacement?

Confidential
3.3.2 Level 2 FIP FIP 2-2 SOLENOID FEED MSI
FIP 2-1 REGI SENSOR  Possible parts that caused the error
 Possible parts that caused the error  SOLENOID FEED MSI  PWBA MCU
 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
 

HARNESS
HARNESS ASSY
ASSY REGI SNR
R SIDE 
REGI
PWBASENSOR
MCU  Troubleshooting
 Troubleshooting
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Step Check Yes No 120/458
Check the connection of the SOLENOID Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J23

Step Check Yes No 1 FEED MSI and P/J256
Check the connection of the REGI SENSOR Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J23, Check thel -connection state between correctly.
5/22/2018
1 Check the connection state between REGI
EPSON Ac
P/J232, and
uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua slide pdf.c om
SOLENOID FEED MSI and PWBA MCU.

SENSOR and PWBA MCU. P/J2322 correctly. Are P/J23 and P/J256 connected correctly?
Are P/J23, P/J232, and P/J2322 connected Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Replace the
correctly?
2 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Replace the Is the continuity between P/J23 <=> P/J256
2 REGI SNR HARNESS normal?
Is the continuity between P/J232 <=> P/J2322 ASSY REGI Check the power voltage supply to Replace the Replace the
normal? SNR. 3 SOLENOID FEED MSI SOLENOID PWBA MCU.
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS FEED MSI. (p.343)
3 R SIDE HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.226)
Is the continuity between P/J23 <=> P/J232 ASSY R SIDE. the following work.
normal? 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
Check the power voltage supply to the REGI Go to Step [5]. Replace the MCU ground <=> P/J23-17PIN.
4 SENSOR PWBA MCU. Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output?
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR Replace the Replace the REGI
5 Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU PWBA MCU. SENSOR.
ground <=> P/J23-10PIN. (p.343) (p.253)
Does the voltage change when the REGI
SENSOR is shielded from light?

Confidential
FIP 2-3 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN FIP 2-4 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN  PWBA MCU  CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED  PWBA MCU
 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
Step Check
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Yes No Step Check Yes No 121/458
Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J23 Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J23
1 PH TURN and P/J234 1 PH FEED and P/J235
Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly. Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly.
ASSY PH TURN and PWBA MCU. ASSY PH FEED and PWBA MCU.
2 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE
2 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
Is the continuity between P/J23 <=> P/J234 Is the continuity between P/J23 <=> P/J235
normal? normal?
Check the power voltage supply to CLUTCH Replace the Replace the Check the power voltage supply to CLUTCH Replace the Replace the
3 ASSY PH TURN CLUTCH ASSY PWBA MCU. 3 ASSY PH FEED CLUTCH ASSY PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS PH TURN. (p.343) 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS PH FEED. (p.343)
MCU ground <=> P/J23-13PIN. MCU ground <=> P/J23-15PIN.

Confidential
FIP 2-5 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI FIP 2-6 DRIVE ASSY PH
 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI  PWBA MCU  DRIVE ASSY PH  PWBA MCU

Step Check
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Yes No Step Check Yes No 122/458
Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J23 Check the connection of the DRIVE ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J25
1 PH REGI and P/J233 1 PH and P/J251
Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly. Check the connection state between DRIVE correctly.
ASSY PH REGI and PWBA MCU. ASSY PH and PWBA MCU.
2 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
2 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
Is the continuity between P/J23 <=> P/J233 Is the continuity between P/J25 <=> P/J251
normal? normal?
Check the power voltage supply to CLUTCH Replace the Replace the Check the power voltage supply to DRIVE Replace the Replace the
3 ASSY PH REGI CLUTCH ASSY PWBA MCU. 3 ASSY PH DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS PH REGI. (p.343) 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS PH. (p.343)
MCU ground <=> P/J23-11PIN. MCU ground <=> P/J25-1PIN, P/J25-
Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output? 2PIN.

Confidential
FIP 2-7 MAIN MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) FIP 2-8 SUB MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  PWBA MCU  DRIVE ASSY MAIN  PWBA MCU
Step Check
Yes No Step Check Yes No 123/458
Check the connection of the Main Motor in Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J21 Check the connection of the Sub Motor in the Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J22
1 1
1 the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and P/J211 1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and P/J221
Check the connection state between DRIVE correctly. Check the connection state between DRIVE correctly.
ASSY MAIN and PWBA MCU. ASSY MAIN and PWBA MCU.
2 R SIDE
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
2 R SIDE
Is the continuity between P/J22-A <=> P/J221
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
normal? normal?
Check the power voltage supply to the Main Replace the Replace the Check the power voltage supply to the Sub Replace the Replace the
3 Motor in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU. 3 Motor in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU.
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS MAIN. (p.343) 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS MAIN. (p.343)
2. Measure the voltage

MCU ground between PWBA
<=> P/J21-2PIN, P/J21- 2. Measure the voltage
MCU ground between PWBA
<=> P/J22-A2PIN, P/J21-
4PIN. A4PIN.

Confidential
FIP 2-9 DEVE MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) FIP 2-10 EXIT CLUTCH (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  PWBA MCU  DRIVE ASSY MAIN  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE  HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT  PWBA MCU
Check the connection of the Deve Motor in Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J22 Check the connection of the Exit Clutch in Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J27,
1 1
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and P/J222 the DRIVE ASSY MAIN P/J276, and P/
Check the connection state between DRIVE correctly. Check the connection state between Exit Clutch J2761 correctly.
ASSY MAIN and PWBA MCU. and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J22 and P/J222 connected correctly? Are P/J27, P/J276, and P/J2761 connected
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3]. Replace the correctly?
2 R SIDE
Is the continuity between P/J22-B <=> P/J222
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE. 2 Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [3].
EXIT CLT
Replace the
HARNESS
normal? Is the continuity between P/J2761 <=> P/J276 ASSY EXIT
normal? CLT.
Check the power voltage supply to the Deve Replace the Replace the
3 Motor in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY PWBA MCU. Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [4]. Replace the
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS MAIN. (p.343) 3 R SIDE HARNESS
ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.317) Is the continuity between P/J27 <=> P/J276 ASSY R SIDE.
the following work. normal?

MCU ground <=> P/J21-B2PIN, P/J21- 4 Check the power voltage supply to the Exit
Clutch in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
B4PIN. 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS MAIN. (p.343)
Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output? ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing (p.317)
the following work.
MCU ground <=> P/J27-B15PIN.

Confidential
FIP 2-11 EXIT SENSOR (FUSER UNIT)
 FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU

 HARNESS ASSY FUSER
 Troubleshooting
Step Check Yes No
Check the connection of the Exit Sensor in Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J17
1
the FUSER UNIT and P/J171
Check the connection state between Exit Sensor correctly.
5/22/2018
and PWBA MCU. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

2 FUSER
HARNESS
ASSY FUSER.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to the Exit Go to Step [4]. Replace the
3 Sensor in the FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU.
4 Check the operation of the Exit Sensor in the Replace the

FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU.
Replace the
FUSER UNIT.
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU (p.343) (p.298)
Does the voltage change when the Exit Sensor
is shielded from light?

Confidential
FIP 2-12 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER) Step Check Yes No
 Possible parts that caused the error 6 R SIDE HARNESS
 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN  PWBA FEED-H
 HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT  PWBA MCU Check the power voltage supply to PWBA Replace the Replace the
 Troubleshooting 7 FEED-H
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS
PWBA FEED-H. PWBA MCU.
(p.370) (p.343)
ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing
Step Check Yes No the following work.
Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J420 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
1 TURN OPT and P/J4201 MCU ground <=> P/J27-B4, B5PIN.
5/22/2018 Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly. Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output?
ASSY TURN OPT and PWBA FEED-H.

2 C2 TURN HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J420 <=> P/J4201 ASSY C2 TURN.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to CLUTCH Replace the Go to Step [4].
3 ASSY TURN OPT CLUTCH ASSY
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS TURN OPT.
the following work.

FEED-H ground <=> P/J420-1PIN.
Check the connection between PWBA Go to Step [5]. Reconnect
4 FEED-H and PWBA MCU P/J419, P/J273,
Check the connection state between PWBA and P/J27
FEED-H and PWBA MCU. correctly.
correctly?
5 FDR UNIT HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J419 <=> P/J273 ASSY FDR
normal? UNIT.

Confidential
FIP 2-13 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER) Step Check Yes No
 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE  PWBA FEED-H
(p.370) (p.343)
Step Check Yes No the following work.
Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J421 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
1 FEED OPT and P/J4213 MCU ground <=> P/J27-B4, B5PIN.
5/22/2018 Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly. Ise the
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic power
ma nua voltage
l - slide (approx. +24 V) output?
pdf.c om
ASSY FEED OPT and PWBA FEED-H.

2 C2 CHUTE HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J421 <=> P/J4213 ASSY C2
normal? CHUTE.
3 ASSY FEED OPT CLUTCH ASSY
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS FEED OPT.
2. the following
Measure work. between PWBA
the voltage
correctly?
5 FDR UNIT HARNESS
normal? UNIT.

Confidential
FIP 2-14 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Step Check Yes No

 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN  PWBA FEED-H
(p.370) (p.343)
Step Check
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Yes No the following work. 128/458
Check the connection of the DRIVE ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J422 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
1 OPT FDR and P/J4222 MCU ground <=> P/J27-B4, B5PIN.
5/22/2018 Check the connection state between DRIVE correctly. Ise the
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic power
ma nua voltage
l - slide (approx. +24 V) output?
pdf.c om
ASSY OPT FDR and PWBA FEED-H.

2 C2 MOT HARNESS
Is the continuity between P/J422 <=> P/J4222 ASSY C2 MOT.
normal?
Check the power voltage supply to DRIVE Replace the Go to Step [4].
3 ASSY OPT FDR DRIVE ASSY
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS OPT FDR.
2. the following
Measure work. between PWBA
the voltage
correctly?
5 FDR UNIT HARNESS
normal? UNIT.

Confidential
FIP 2-15 DUP JAM SENSOR Step Check Yes No

 Possible parts that caused the error 6 DUP UNIT HARNESS
 DUP JAM SENSOR  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE UNIT.
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR  PWBA DUP
 HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT  PWBA MCU Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [8]. Replace the
 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
7 FRONT COVER
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
 Troubleshooting normal? COVER.
Step Check Yes No 8 R SIDE HARNESS
Check the connection of the DUP JAM Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J430 ASSY R SIDE.
5/22/2018
1 SENSOR and P/J4301
normal
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic ? l - slide pdf.c om
e ma nua
Check the connection state between DUP JAM correctly.

Check the power voltage supply to PWBA Replace the Replace the
SENSOR and PWBA DUP. 9 DUP PWBA DUP. PWBA MCU.
Are P/J430 and P/J4301 connected correctly? 1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS (p.349) (p.343)
2 DUP SNR HARNESS
the following work.
Is the continuity between P/J430 <=> P/J4301 ASSY DUP SNR.
normal? MCU ground <=> P/J27-A17, A18PIN.
Check the power voltage supply to DUP JAM Go to Step [4]. Go to Step [5].
3 SENSOR
Measure the voltage between PWBA DUP
ground
Is <=> P/J430-1PIN.
the power voltage (approx. +3.3 V) output?
Check the operation of the DUP JAM Go to Step [5]. Replace the DUP
4 SENSOR JAM SENSOR.
Measure the voltage between PWBA DUP (p.349)
Does the voltage change when the DUP JAM
SENSOR is shielded from light?
Check the connection between PWBA DUP Go to Step [6]. Reconnect
5 and PWBA MCU

Check the connection state between PWBA
P/J428, P/J2720,
P/J272, and P/J27
DUP and PWBA MCU. correctly.
Are P/J428, P/J2720, P/J272, and P/J27

Confidential
FIP 2-16 CLUTCH DUP Step Check Yes No

 CLUTCH DUP  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT  PWBA DUP
 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER  PWBA MCU Check the power voltage supply to PWBA Replace the Replace the
 Troubleshooting 7 DUP
PWBA DUP.
(p.349)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Yes No the following work. 130/458
Check the connection of the CLUTCH DUP Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J431 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
1 Check the connection state between CLUTCH correctly. MCU ground <=> P/J27-A17, A18PIN.
5/22/2018
DUP and PWBA DUP. Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output?
2 DUP
CLUTCH DUP.
(p.349)
the following work.
DUP ground <=> P/J431-1PIN.
Check the connection between PWBA DUP Go to Step [4]. Reconnect
3
and PWBA MCU P/J428,
Check the connection state between PWBA P/J272, P/J2720,
and P/J27
Are P/J428, P/J2720, P/J272, and P/J27
4 DUP UNIT HARNESS
normal? UNIT.
5 Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY Go to Step [6].

FRONT COVER
Replace the
HARNESS
normal? COVER.

Confidential
FIP 2-17 MOTOR ASSY DUP Step Check Yes No

 MOTOR ASSY DUP  HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
normal?
 HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT  PWBA DUP
 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER  PWBA MCU Check the power voltage supply to PWBA Replace the Replace the
 Troubleshooting 7 DUP
PWBA DUP.
(p.349)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check
Yes No the following work. 131/458
Check the connection of the MOTOR ASSY Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J429 2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
1
1 DUP correctly. MCU ground <=> P/J27-A17, A18PIN.
Check the connection state between MOTOR Is the power voltage (approx. +24 V) output?
ASSY DUP and PWBA DUP.
Check the power voltage supply to MOTOR Replace the Go to Step [3].
2 ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS DUP. (p.349)
the following work.
DUP ground <=> P/J429-2PIN.
3 Check the connection

and PWBA MCU between PWBA DUP Go to Step [4]. Reconnect
P/J428, P/J2720,
Check the connection state between PWBA P/J272, and P/J27
Are P/J428, P/J2720, P/J272, and P/J27
4 DUP UNIT HARNESS
normal? UNIT.
normal? COVER.

Confidential
3.4 Controller-related Trouble FIP

When a controller related error occurs, make sure to check the initial check items listed
below first. If the error still occurs after that, replace the part given on an error basis in
the Failed Parts List on the next page to perform troubleshooting.
 Initial Check
 Check that the printer is grounded properly.
 Check that the connectors are connected to the controller board securely
and correctly.
 Check that the DIMM is connected to the controller board securely and
correctly.
 Power the printer off and on several times.
 Check that the printer is not in electrically noisy environments.
When powering the printer off and on again, do not turn it on

immediately after turning it off. Make sure to wait at least for a few
seconds before the power-on.
TROUBLESHOOTING Controller-related Trouble FIP 133

Confidential
 Failed Parts List d

r
a
d
r M M M d el o
d
r a M
M M r b B
a o M I M
I I a a rel
d
r M M M M d le o B
B I
D D D D o B C lo es
a r re i
o M M
I M M
I I a
b r
a el ll m M M M k /F rt o
B I o
D D D B C lo es o a
r O A A ro Io n o N
re D rt g R R R w e C
F
/ rt i
ll m M M M k o n o .t . t. te di
o a O A A ro I n N o r p d
t p N e
n
trn ro
g R
t. R
. .R
t tw
e eo o
C C P O S O V gin
id Error
o r
P t p N V en
p d i Code
Description E
C O S O g
Error n
Description E 1185 ROM module unsupported @
Code
1200 EEPROM writing error @
0000- CPU exception (controller or software failure) @ @
1210 EEPROM writing times limit @
0799
0800 IPL error (controller defect) @ @ 1300 RTC failure @
5/22/2018
0998 Engine communication error (only when power- @ 1400 Engine initialization error
@ @ @
on) 1500 CCNV hardware error @
0999 Engine flash ROM has no program data @ 1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for @
1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.) @ compression
1001 Standard RAM error (minimum stack is @ 1600 Video series hardware error (including PWMIC @
undefined, etc.) calibration error)
1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined, @ 1610 Video series hardware error (VCNV error) @
etc.) 1700 Loopback test failure of network board @
1003 Optional RAM error @ 1702 Network board uninstalled @
1010 Verification error @ 1710 Token Ring hardware error @
1020 RAM error (slot 0) @ @ 1800 Illegal SPD @

1021 RAM error (slot 1) @ @ 1999 Other hardware errors @
1022 RAM error (slot 2) @ 2000 Software error @
1100 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font) @
1101 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font) @
1110 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font latter half) @
1111 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font latter @
half)
1120 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 7) (program) @

1170 Optional FONT ROM checksum error @
1180 Optional ROM module A checksum error @
1181 Optional ROM module B checksum error @
1182 Optional ROM module C checksum error @
TROUBLESHOOTING Controller-related Trouble FIP 134

Confidential
3.5 Print Quality Trouble FIP To reliably judge and understand the trouble to perform the correct remedy efficiently
when a print quality-related trouble occurs, make a test print, and use the FIPs
described in the following pages.
3.5.1 Print Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart When the trouble still occurs even after performing the troubleshooting according to
the FIP, check again using the FIP, and then replace the parts indicated as “Possible
parts” one by one checking if the printer returns to normal.
The printing quality-related FIPs are provided as follows for the typical symptoms.
 FIP-P1 "The printed image is light or faint"
 FIP-P2 "A white page is printed" 134/458
 FIP-P3 "A black page is printed"

 FIP-P4 "Vertical white bands or lines appear on printed pages"
 FIP-P5 "Horizontal white bands appear on printed pages"

 FIP-P6 "Vertical lines appear on printed pages"
 FIP-P7 "Horizontal lines appear on printed pages"
 FIP-P8 "Irregular areas of missing image appear on the printed page"
 FIP-P9 "Toner smudges across the printed pages"
 FIP-P10 ""Ghost images" appear on the printed page"
Figure 3-4. Print Quality Troubleshooting  FIP-P11 "Printed pages have a dark or dirty background"
 FIP-P12 "The printed image is skewed"
 The printing-quality troubleshooting described here is based on a
 condition that the printer controller (BOARD ASSY, MAIN) has no  FIP-P13 "Printed page is wrinkled, folded, or torn"
problems. However, making a test print with only the engine side,  FIP-P14 "Toner is not fused to the print media"
allows you to find out roughly which side (controller side or engine
side) is causing the trouble, except for cases that cannot be checked  FIP-P15 "Colors are displaced"
by the test print.
 Test print with the engine alone is normal →
Printer controller trouble

 Test print on engine alone is abnormal →
Printer engine trouble
If the probable cause is “printer controller trouble,” replace the
printer controller and interface cable with a normal one and check
if the printer returns to normal.
If the trouble recurs after replacing with the normal parts, check
the printer controller and use the printer quality FIPs to perform
efficient troubleshooting.
TROUBLESHOOTING Print Quality Trouble FIP 135

Confidential
3.5.2 Cycle of the Rollers The table below shows the rolls and their diameter that have possibilities of causing
print quality troubles and the intervals of their traces which appear on printouts.
 When horizontal stripes and spots appear at fixed intervals, it is Roll Diameter Interval of Traces
 highly possible that a specific roll has caused the trouble. If this Roll Part Name
(mm) (mm)
happens, you might be able to easily solve the problem by
Drum IMAGING CARTRIDGE 24 75.4
measuring the interval between the stripes or spots on a test print,
(K/C/M/Y)
and checking the relationship between the pitches shown in the BCR IMAGING CARTRIDGE 9 28.8
table below (note that the pitch does not necessarily match the
(K/C/M/Y)
length of the roll periphery).
BCR Cleaner Roll IMAGING CARTRIDGE 8 25.9
(K/C/M/Y) 135/458
Magnet Roll (K) IMAGING CARTRIDGE 16 25.2

(K)
5/22/2018
Magnet Roll (Y,M,C) IMAGING CARTRIDGE
16 22.3
(C/M/Y)
BTR TRANSFER UNIT 12 37.7
Roll ESA TRANSFER UNIT 9 28.3
Drive Roll TRANSFER UNIT 18.1 56.9
Fuser Roll FUSER UNIT 26.32 82.7
Fuser Belt FUSER UNIT 30 94.2
Pinch Roll FUSER UNIT 6 18.8
Exit Roll FUSER UNIT 13.75 43.2
Exit Pinch Roll FUSER UNIT 10 31.4
Figure 3-5. Rollers

Confidential
3.5.3 Print Quality FIP Step Check Yes No

Check the laser beam path Remove the Go to Step [5].
FIP-P1 THE PRINTED IMAGE IS LIGHT OR FAINT 4 Is there any foreign material between the ROS foreign material.
ASSY and the IMAGING CARTRIDGE?
Symptom / Possible Parts
Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [6].
 Symptom 5 CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
Overall density of image is too light or faint. Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
C/K) and make a test print. Does the printing
 Possible Parts density get back to normal?
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
Check the DISPENSER ASSY Replace the Replace the
 TRANSFER UNIT
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 6 Is the DISPENSER ASSY (toner supply motor) PWBA MCU. DISPENSER
136/458
 ROS ASSY (p.343) ASSY. (p.271)

ABCDEabcde12345 operating normally?
 DISPENSER ASSY
5/22/2018
 PWBA MCU EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 BOARD ASSY, MAIN

 HVPS
Before starting troubleshooting, inspect the paper feed path of the printer paper. Check
the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign
matter.
Step Check Yes No
1 Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/

C/K)
Go to Step [2]. Replace the
specified
Is the specified IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/ IMAGING
M/C/K) installed correctly? CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the paper Go to Step [3]. Replace it with a
2 Is it a new standard paper free from moisture? new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3 Check the installation of the TRANSFER

UNIT
Reinstall the TRANSFER UNIT and make a

test print. Does the printing density get back to
normal?

Confidential
FIP-P2 A WHITE PAGE IS PRINTED Step Check Yes No

Check the connection of the ROS ASSY Go to Step [6]. Reconnect the
Symptom / Possible Parts 5 Is the harness of the ROS ASSY securely harness correctly.
 Symptom connected?
Nothing is printed on the paper. Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [7].
6 CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)

Possible Parts Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) C/K) and make a test print. Are images printed
 TRANSFER UNIT normally?
 ROS ASSY
Check the DISPENSER ASSY Go to Step [8]. Replace the
 DISPENSER
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nuaASSY
l 7 Is the DISPENSER ASSY (toner supply motor) DISPENSER 137/458
 PWBA MCU ASSY. (p.271)

operating normally?
Check after replacing the PWBA DUP End of procedure Replace the
5/22/2018
 HVPS 8
Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
print. Are images printed normally?
matter.
Step Check Yes No

Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/ Go to Step [2]. Replace the
1 C/K) specified
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K) installed correctly?
M/C/K). (p.271)
paper free from
moisture.
Check the installation of the TRANSFER End of procedure Go to Step [4].
3 UNIT
test print. Are images printed normally?
4 Is there any foreign material between the ROS foreign material.

Confidential
FIP-P3 A BLACK PAGE IS PRINTED Step Check Yes No

Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [6].
Symptom / Possible Parts 5 CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
 Symptom Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
The printed page is complete black. C/K) and make a test print. Are images printed
normally?

Possible Parts
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) 6 Check after replacing the ROS ASSY
Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test
End of procedure Replace the
PWBA MCU.
 TRANSFER UNIT print. Are images printed normally? (p.343)
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se MCU
r vic e -ma nua l 138/458

 HVPS
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
M/C/K). (p.271)
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT
test print. Are images printed normally?
4 Is the harness of the ROS ASSY securely harness correctly.
connected?

Confidential
FIP-P4 VERTICAL WHITE BANDS OR LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED Step Check Yes No
PAGES Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [6].
Symptom / Possible Parts Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
 Symptom C/K) and make a test print. Does the printing
Vertical white bands or faint colored bands appear on the quality get back to normal?
printed image.
6 Check after replacing the ROS ASSY
Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test
End of procedure Replace the
PWBA MCU.
 Possible Parts print. Does the printing quality get back to (p.343)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) normal?
 TRANSFER UNIT
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA MCU
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
IMAGING
Is the specified IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the belt surface of the TRANSFER Replace the Go to Step [3].
2 UNIT TRANSFER
Is the belt surface damaged? UNIT. (p.268)
3 UNIT
test print. Does the printing quality get back to
normal?
connected?

Confidential
FIP-P5 HORIZONTAL WHITE BANDS APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES Step Check Yes No
Horizontal white bands or faint colored bands appear on Check after replacing the ROS ASSY End of procedure Replace the
the printed image. 6 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.
 Possible Parts print. Does the printing quality get back to (p.343)
normal?
 TRANSFER UNIT
 FUSER UNIT
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA MCU
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
Is the specified
M/C/K) IMAGING
installed correctly?CARTRIDGE (Y/ IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the bands Replace the Go to Step [3].
2 Do they appear at regular intervals? possible parts one
(Refer to the table in “3.5.2 Cycle of the Rollers by one.
(p136) ”.)
3 UNIT TRANSFER
Is the belt surface recessed or deformed? UNIT. (p.268)
4 Is there any foreign material between the ROS foreign material.

Confidential
FIP-P6 VERTICAL LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES Step Check Yes No

Vertical black lines appear on the printed image. Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [7].

Possible Parts
Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
 TRANSFER UNIT quality get back to normal?
 ROS ASSY
Check after replacing the ROS ASSY End of procedure Replace the
 PWBA MCU
7 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU. 141/458
 BOARD ASSY, MAIN (p.343)
print. Does the printing quality get back to
normal?
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the lines Replace the Go to Step [3].
(p136) ”.)
3 UNIT TRANSFER
4 UNIT
normal?

Confidential
FIP-P7 HORIZONTAL LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES Step Check Yes No

Horizontal black lines appear on the printed image. Check after replacing the ROS ASSY End of procedure Replace the
6 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.

Possible Parts
print. Does the printing quality get back to (p.343)
normal?
 TRANSFER UNIT
 FUSER UNIT
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA MCU

matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the lines Replace the Go to Step [3].
(p136) ”.)
3 UNIT
Is the belt surface recessed or deformed?
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Check the paper feed path Clean the paper Go to Step [5].
4 Is there any dirt on the path? feed path.

Confidential
FIP-P8 IRREGULAR AREAS OF MISSING IMAGE APPEAR ON THE Step Check Yes No
PRINTED PAGE Check the connection of the ROS ASSY Go to Step [6]. Reconnect the
Symptom / Possible Parts connected?
 Symptom Check the installation of the IMAGING End of procedure Go to Step [7].
Some areas of the printed image are missing or 6 CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
extremely faint. The symptom appears within a narrow
range. Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
quality get back to normal?
 Possible Parts
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) 7 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.
 TRANSFER UNIT
print. Does the printing quality get back to (p.343)

 ROS ASSY
normal?
 PWBA MCU
5/22/2018
 BOARD ASSY, MAIN EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
M/C/K). (p.271)
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT TRANSFER
4 UNIT
normal?

Confidential
FIP-P9 TONER SMUDGES ACROSS THE PRINTED PAGES Step Check Yes No
Symptom / Possible Parts 6 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.
 Symptom print. Does the printing quality get back to (p.343)
Solid black circles appear on the printed image. normal?

Possible
 IMAGINGParts CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
 TRANSFER UNIT
 FUSER UNIT
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA MCU

 HVPS
matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
Is the specified
M/C/K) IMAGING
installed correctly?CARTRIDGE (Y/ IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
Check the toner smudges Replace the Go to Step [3].
(p136) ”.)
3 UNIT TRANSFER
connected?

Confidential
FIP-P10 "GHOST IMAGES" APPEAR ON THE PRINTED PAGE Step Check Yes No
Check after replacing the PWBA MCU End of procedure Replace the
Symptom / Possible Parts 6 Replace the PWBA MCU (p.343) and make a BOARD ASSY,
 Symptom test print. Are images printed normally? MAIN. (p.337)
An image of the previous page or part of the currently
printing page laps over.
 Possible Parts
 TRANSFER UNIT
 PWBA MCU
 HVPS
matter.
Step Check Yes No

Check of repeated printing Go to Step [2]. Go to Step [3].
1 Did the symptom occur after printing same
image in large quantities?
Check the residual image Go to Step [3]. End of procedure
2 Print out 10 pages of various images. (Advise the
Did any residual images appear? customer not to
print same image
in large quantities
at a time.)
3 UNIT TRANSFER
(p.268)
Is the belt surface damaged? UNIT.
Check the cycle of the rollers Replace the Go to Step [5].
4 If the residual images appear at regular possible parts one
intervals, does the interval match the cycle of by one.
any rollers? (Refer to the table in “3.5.2 Cycle
of the Rollers (p136) ”.)

Confidential
FIP-P11 PRINTED PAGES HAVE A DARK OR DIRTY BACKGROUND
Symptom / Possible Parts

 Symptom
The entire page or part of the page is soiled with toner. It
appears as extremely light gray dirt.
 Possible Parts
 TRANSFER UNIT
 ROS ASSY
 PWBA
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se MCU
r vic e -ma nua l 146/458

 HVPS
the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign matter.
Step Check Yes No

1 C/K) specified
M/C/K). (p.271)
2 UNIT TRANSFER
connected?
5 Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test PWBA MCU.
print. Does the printing density get back to (p.343)
normal?

Confidential
FIP-P12 THE PRINTED IMAGE IS SKEWED Step Check Yes No

Check the installation of the TRANSFER End of procedure Replace the
Symptom / Possible Parts 4 UNIT TRANSFER
 Symptom Reinstall the TRANSFER UNIT and make a UNIT. (p.268)
Printed image is skewed. test print. Are images printed normally?
 Possible Parts
 TRANSFER UNIT
 ROLL ASSY RETARD
 ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
 ROLL ASSY TURN
 ROLL
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic eASSY
-ma nua FEED
l (Feed Roll/Nudger Roll) 147/458
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)

 ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
 ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Retard Roll)
 ROLL REGI METAL

 ROLL REGI RUBBER
 ROLL ASSY DUP-1
 ROLL ASSY DUP-2
matter.
Step Check Yes No

paper free from
moisture.
Installation state of the paper cassette and End of procedure Go to Step [3].
2 papers
Reload the papers against the paper guide, and
run test print. Are images printed normally?
Check the Paper Feed Rollers Go to Step [4]. Clean the roll or
3 1. Are the rollers on the paper feed path not replace it.
soiled, damaged or worn?
2. Are those rollers installed correctly?

Confidential
FIP-P13 PRINTED PAGE IS WRINKLED, FOLDED, OR TORN Step Check Yes No

Check the Paper Feed Rollers Go to Step [5]. Clean the rollers
Symptom / Possible Parts 4 1. Are the rollers on the paper feed path not and reinstall them
 Symptom soiled, damaged or worn? correctly, or
Printed page is wrinkled, folded, or torn. 2. Are those rollers installed correctly? replace them with
new ones.
 Possible Parts Check the belt surface of the TRANSFER Replace the Go to Step [6].
 ROLL ASSY RETARD
5 UNIT
Is the belt surface recessed or deformed?
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
 ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
 ROLL ASSY TURN Check the installation of the TRANSFER End of procedure Go to Step [7].
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
6 UNIT
 ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll) Reinstall the TRANSFER UNIT and make a
 ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Feed Roll/Nudger Roll) test print. Are images printed normally?
 ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Retard Roll) Check the installation of the FUSER UNIT End of procedure Replace the
 ROLL REGI METAL 7 Reinstall the FUSER UNIT and make a test FUSER UNIT.
 ROLL REGI RUBBER print. Are images printed normally? (p.298)

 FUSER UNIT
 ROLL ASSY DUP-1
 ROLL ASSY DUP-2
matter.
Step Check Yes No

paper free from
moisture.
Installation state of the paper cassette and End of procedure Go to Step [3].
2 papers
Reload the papers against the paper guide, and
run test print. Are images printed normally?
3 Is there any dirt or foreign material on the path? feed path or
remove the
foreign material.

Confidential
FIP-P14 TONER IS NOT FUSED TO THE PRINT MEDIA FIP-P15 COLORS ARE DISPLACED
Symptom / Possible Parts Symptom / Possible Parts

 Symptom  Symptom
The printed image is not sufficiently fixed to the paper. The printed Yellow or Black image does not accurately
If you touch or rub the printed images, the toner can be overlap the Cyan or Magenta image, and is out of
easily removed. position.
 Possible Parts  Possible Parts

 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)  BOARD ASSY, MAIN
 FUSER UNIT  PWBA MCU
 PWBA MCU
Before starting troubleshooting, inspect the paper feed path of the printer paper. Check Before starting troubleshooting, inspect the paper feed path of the printer paper. Check
the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign
matter. matter.

Check after turning the power OFF and ON End of procedure Replace the
1 Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
C/K)
Go to Step [2]. Replace the
specified
1 After turning the power OFF and ON, run test BOARD ASSY,
Is the specified IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/ IMAGING print. Are images printed normally? MAIN. (p.337) or
CARTRIDGE (Y/ the possible parts
M/C/K) installed correctly?
M/C/K). (p.271) one by one.
paper free from
moisture.
Check the installation of the FUSER UNIT End of procedure Go to Step [4].
3 Reinstall the FUSER UNIT and make a test
print. Are images printed normally?
Check after replacing the FUSER UNIT End of procedure Replace the
4 Replace the FUSER UNIT (p.298) and make a PWBA MCU.
test print. Are images printed normally? (p.343)

Confidential
3.6 Abnormal Noise-related Trouble
3.6.1 Abnormal Noise-related Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Do you hear abnormal noise during Check the operation table at power-on, and check for foreign material or damage. (Refer to FIP-N1 (p 152)).
initialization after power-on? Y
Do you hear abnormal noise in

Check the operation table in the Standby mode, and check for foreign material and damage. (Refer to FIP N2 (p 152)).
Standby mode? Y
N
Do you hear abnormal noise during

Check the operation table during printing, and check for foreign material and damage. (Refer to FIP-N3 (p 153)).
printing? Y
TROUBLESHOOTING Abnormal Noise-related Trouble 151

Confidential
3.6.2 Abnormal Noise-related FIP Step Check Yes No

Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the Go to Step [5].
FIP-N1 AT POWER ON 4 generated by the TRANSFER TRANSFER UNIT.
UNIT? When the trouble still
 Possible parts that caused the error occurs, replace the
TRANSFER UNIT.
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  TRANSFER UNIT (p.268)
 FUSER UNIT  FEEDER ASSY DUP Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the FEEDER ---
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K) 5 generated by the FEEDER ASSY ASSY DUP. When the
 Troubleshooting DUP? trouble still occurs,
replace the FEEDER
Step Check Yes No ASSY DUP. (p.349)
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the DRIVE Go to Step [2].
1 generated by the DRIVE ASSY ASSY MAIN. When the
FIP-N2 DURING STANDBY
MAIN? trouble still occurs,
replaceMAIN.
ASSY the DRIVE
(p.317)
 FAN MAIN  LVPS
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the FUSER Go to Step [3].
2 generated by the FUSER UNIT? UNIT.  Troubleshooting
When the trouble still
occurs, replace the Step Check Yes No
FUSER UNIT. (p.298) Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the FAN Go to Step [2].
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the IMAGING Go to Step [4].
1 generated by the FAN MAIN? MAIN. When the trouble
3 generated by the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/ still occurs, replace the
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)? K). When the trouble still FAN MAIN. (p.327)
occurs, replace the Is abnormal noise being Replace the LVPS. ---
IMAGING 2 generated by the LVPS? (p.327)
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). (p.271)

Confidential
FIP-N3 DURING PRINTING Step Check Yes No

 Possible parts that caused the error 6 generated by the DRIVE ASSY ASSY OPT FDR. When
OPT FDR? the trouble still occurs,
 DRIVE ASSY MAIN  DRIVE ASSY PH
replace the DRIVE
 FUSER UNIT  DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR ASSY OPT FDR. (p.370)
 IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)  FEEDER ASSY DUP
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the FEEDER ---
 TRANSFER UNIT
 Troubleshooting
7 generated by the FEEDER ASSY ASSY DUP. When the
DUP? trouble still occurs,
replace the FEEDER
Step Check Yes No ASSY DUP. (p.349)
1
generated by the DRIVE ASSY ASSY MAIN. When the 152/458
MAIN? trouble still occurs,

replace the DRIVE
5/22/2018
ASSY MAIN. (p.317) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the FUSER Go to Step [3].

2 generated by the FUSER UNIT? UNIT. When the trouble
still occurs, replace the
FUSER UNIT. (p.298)
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the IMAGING Go to Step [4].
3 generated by the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)? K). When the trouble still
occurs, replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). (p.271)
Is abnormal noise being Reinstall the Go to Step [5].
4 generated by the TRANSFER TRANSFER UNIT.
UNIT? When the trouble still
occurs, replace the
TRANSFER UNIT.
(p.268)
5 Is abnormal noise being

generated by the DRIVE ASSY
Reinstall the DRIVE
ASSY PH. When the
Go to Step [6].
PH? trouble still occurs,
replace the DRIVE
ASSY PH. (p.317)

Confidential
3.7 Test Print

.
SCREW
KNURLINGs
3.7.1 What is Test Print?
In order to check the engine operation, you can print a test pattern embedded in a
PWBA MCU without activating the controller. If no problem is found during printing
the pattern,
MAIN) side.the cause of the trouble may be on the main controller (BOARD ASSY,
3.7.2 How to Print COVER OPTION

1. Remove the two SCREW KNURLINGs that secure the COVER OPTION to the
main unit, and remove the COVER OPTION. (See Figure 3-6 (p.154).)
2. Load papers in the standard lower paper cassette or in the MP tray, and turn the
power on. Cleaning cycle (process control) will start.
Never touch the energized or driving areas during the cleaning Figure 3-6. Removing COVER OPTION
cycle.
When performing the following step, do not short other circuit

patterns or terminations on the board.
R686 CN601
3. Confirm that “Ready” appears on the LCD panel after the cleaning cycle is
completed, short the unmounted circuit pattern R686 (just below CN601) on the
BOARD ASSY, MAIN with a blade of a flatblade mini screwdriver. See Figure
3-7 (p.154).
Figure 3-7. BOARD ASSY, MAIN Short Circuit location
TROUBLESHOOTING Test Print 154

Confidential
 Test print can also be performed by removing the BOARD ASSY,
 MAIN and shorting out the unmounted circuit pattern TPRINT
(lower left of P10) on the PWBA MCU. See Figure 3-8 (p.155).
P10 TPRINT
4. When the engine starts to print, detach the screwdriver from the circuit pattern.
A test pattern will be printed in single-sided print mode. (When a duplex unit is
installed, a test pattern will be printed in duplex print mode.)
 Test print will not be performed unless papers are loaded in the
standard lower paper cassette or in the MP tray.
 Test print will not be performed if the engine is in an error

state.
5. To check the operation of continuous printing, keep the circuit pattern shorted for
a while. Figure 3-8. PWBA MCU Short Circuit Location
6. Secure the COVER OPTION with the two screw knurlings. (See Figure 3-6
(p.154).)
Figure 3-9. Test Pattern
TROUBLESHOOTING Test Print 155

Confidential
3.8 Symptoms When Connectors are Disconnected

CN501 CN601 CN602
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Table 3-4. BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Connector
Connected to Symptom
No.
CN405 CONTROL PANEL The engine starts to operate after turning the power on,
however, nothing appears on the LCD panel.
CN411 USB Host (1.1) I/F Printer does not detect a USB device connected via USB
Host interface. The LCD panel shows “Ready”.
CN501 LVPS The engine starts to operate after turning the power on,
however, nothing appears on the LCD.
CN601 PWBA MCU Service Req C0998 occurs after turning the power on.
5/22/2018 CN602 PWBA MCU The printer

however, startsorup
white when
blank the power
pages is turned
are printed. on,Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
EPSON
CN411 CN405
TROUBLESHOOTING Symptoms When Connectors are Disconnected 156

Confidential
PWBA MCU Table 3-5. PWBA MCU
Table 3-5. PWBA MCU Connector

Connected to Symptom
No.
Connector
Connected to Symptom P25 DRIVE ASSY PH “Service Req E500” occurs after turning the power
No.
on.
P10 BOARD ASSY, MAIN “Service Req C0998” occurs after turning the
P26 SENSOR HUM “Service Req E610” occurs after turning the power
power on.
on.
P11 BOARD ASSY, MAIN The printer starts up when the power is turned on, P27 PWBA FEED-H “Service Req E610” occurs after turning the power
however, white or blank pages are printed.
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR on.
P12 ROS ASSY “Service Req E100” occurs after turning the power PWBA EEPROM
on. EXIT CLUTCH
P14 LVPS, LED ASSY “Service Req C0998” occurs after turning the TRANSFER UNIT
power on.
PWBA DUP 156/458
P15 LVPS “Printer Open” occurs after turning the power on P31 CRUM SENSOR C/M/Y/K “TonerCart Error” occurs after turning the power
though the cover assy front is closed. on.
5/22/2018 P16 HVPS “Service Req E610” occurs after turning

EPSON the
Acpower
uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
P17 P16 P12
on.
P17 FUSER UNIT, LVPS “Install Fuser” occurs after turning the power on
though the FUSER UNIT is installed properly. P15
P19 P14
P18 DISPENSER ASSY C/M/Y/K The printer starts up normally, however, print P11
density becomes lower and lower in accordance with
the print volume.
P19 SENSOR ASSY C/M/Y/K “Install CMYK TnrCart” occurs after turning the P18
P10
power on though the imaging cartridges are installed
properly.
P21 MAIN MOTOR “Service Req E500” occurs after turning the power
on.
P22 SUB MOTOR “Service Req E500” occurs after turning the power P22
DEVE MOTOR on. P21
P23 SWICTH ASSY SIZE “Paper Out” occurs when trying to print though
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED paper are loaded.
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI P25
SOLENOID FEED MSI
CST NO PAPER SENSOR
REGI SENSOR P23
P24 PWBA OHP SENSOR “Service Req E610” occurs after turning the power
PWBA OHP LED on.
P27 P26 P24 P31

Confidential
3.8.1 Reliability SKEW
This section describes the product specification values concerning paper feeding. A4 Single-sided Printing Duplex Printing
Use them as a guideline when fixing paper feed problems. Main scanning direction (|a-b|) 1.1 mm 1.1 mm
Sub scanning direction (|c-d|) 1.0 mm 1.0 mm
JAM / MULTI-FEED RATE
Note : Measurement reference (length): A4/single-sided printing/duplex printing
unit: pages or less • Main scanning direction: 180 mm

• Sub scanning direction: 140 mm
Jam Rate
Single-sided Multi-feed Rate

Duplex Printing a b
Printing
c
MP tray 1/3000 1/1800 1/1500
Standard paper Standard lower
1/5000 1/3000 1/2500
paper cassette
5/22/2018 MP tray 1/2000 1/1200 1/1000

Plain paper Standard lower

1/3000 1/1800 1/1500 Printable Area
paper cassette f
MP tray 1/100 --- 1/50
Special media Standard lower
--- --- ---
paper cassette
Note 1 : Environmental conditions: See “ Environmental conditions (operating)” (p.15).
2 : Paper size: Standard size d

3 : Conditions of paper: Freshly unpacked paper e
4 : Standard lower paper cassette does not support special media.
5 : Multi-feed rate: Conditions when adding new papers onto the remaining papers in the
tray or the cassette are not considered. CURL AMOUNT ON OUTPUT PAPER
PRINT START POSITION ACCURACY Paper Type Paper Curl

Standard paper
Reference Point Single-sided Printing Duplex Printing Plain paper 15 mm or less
Main scanning direction (c) ± 2.5 mm ± 2.5 mm Other special media Not defined
Sub scanning direction (a) ± 2.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

Confidential
CHAPTER
4
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
Confidential
4.1 Preliminary Check 4.1.2 Prohibited Disassembly

Disassembling the parts described below is strictly prohibited.
4.1.1 Required Tools If not observed, it causes failure or malfunction of the printer.
Special tools are not required for maintenance of the equipment.  Consumable products/Periodic replacement parts/ASP
Do not disassemble consumable products, periodic replacement parts, or units

provided as single service parts should not be disassembled.
e.g.)
 FUSER UNIT
 TRANSFER UNIT
 ROS ASSY 159/458
 Disassembly not explained in this manual
5/22/2018 Do not perform any disassembly not explained in this manual.

Especially the screws that secure the main unit frame must not be removed or
loosened as they are precisely adjusted at factory.
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 160

Confidential
4.2 Major Reassembly Unit

The figures below show the location of the major parts and units of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D.
Disassembly procedures of these parts and units are explained in the pages that follow.
COVER ASSY FRONT (p.192) COVER TOP (p.182) COVER EXTENSION 1 (p.179)
CONTROL PANEL (p.192)
COVER REAR (p.179)
COVER ASSY MSI (p.187) COVER SIDE R (p.182) SWITCH POWER (p.337) COVER CST 550 (p.187)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Major Reassembly Unit 161

Confidential
FUSER UNIT (p.298)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K), (C), (M), (Y) (p.271)
CHUTE DUP GATE (p.298)
TRANSFER UNIT (p.268)

FEEDER ASSY DUP (p.349)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Major Reassembly Unit 162

Confidential
4.3 Disassembly Flowchart
COVER 1
Shows the step necessary for removing the next part.
Shows the action to be performed.

Shows the part to be removed.
START
Open the COVER COVER REAR Remove the CASSETTE COVER SIDE I/F COVER EXTENSION 1
ASSY FRONT (p.183)
(p.180) ASSY 550 IOT (p.188) (p.181) COVER EXTENSION 2 (p.180) 162/458
IMAGING
C, M, Y,CARTRIDGE
K (p.183) TRANSFER UNIT COVER CST 550
(p.189) COVER ASSY MSI KIT TRAY ASSY MSI
SEC (p.190)
5/22/2018
(p.194)
(p.189)
COVER REAR CHUTE ASSY FEEDER ASSY DUP

(p.184) EXIT OUT (p.195) (p.196)
A
COVER SIDE L COVER SIDE I/F CONTROL PANEL PLATE LATCH
(p.184) (p.185) (p.196) SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT (p.197)
COVER SIDE I/F COVER SIDE R
(p.185) (p.185)
COVER SIDE R
(p.185)
FUSER UNIT (p.186)
COVER TOP (p.186)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly Flowchart 163

Confidential
COVER 2
A
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.198)
COVER REAR
(p.198)
COVER SIDE I/F

(p.199)
COVER SIDE R 163/458
(p.199)
COVER ASSY FRONT CONTROL PANEL PLATE LATCH
5/22/2018
(p.200) SPRING LATCH
(p.206)
LATCH FRONT (p.208)
CONTROL PANEL PLATE LATCH
(p.201) SPRING LATCH HARNESS ASSY
LATCH FRONT (p.206) FRONT COVER (p.209)
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH HARNESS ASSY-CON F
LATCH FRONT (p.202)
(p.207)
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER (p.203)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
(p.204)
KIT COVER ASSY

FRONT SEC (p.205)

Confidential
PAPER CASSETTE
START
Remove the
CASSETTE ASSY
550 IOT (p.212)
HOLDER ASSY KIT ROLL ASSY

GUIDE ASSY SIDE HANDLE CST PLATE ASSY ACTUATOR NO GUIDE ASSY CST
RETARD MSI (p.215) FEED SEC
R 550 A4 (p.219) BOTTOM (p.216) PAPER MSI (p.218) END 550 (p.215)
(RETARD) (p.219)
GUIDE ASSY SIDE
L 550 A4
(p.213) COVER FRONT ROLL ASSY

MSI (p.220) RETARD (p.216)
PLATE ASSY
BTM A4 (p.214)

Confidential
PAPER FEEDER 1
START
Remove the
CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
(p.222)
Open the COVER ASSY ROLL ASSY FEED MSI KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
FRONT (p.222) (p.224)
SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
(p.225)
TRANSFER UNIT
IMAGING CARTRIDGE TRANSFER UNIT
C, M, Y, K (p.229) (p.223)
COVER REAR SENSOR PHOTO: MSI

(p.229) NO PAPER (p.224)
COVER SIDE I/F

(p.230)
COVER SIDE R
(p.230)
DRIVE ASSY PH SOLENOID FEED MSI

(p.231) (p.239) TRANSFER
(p.234)UNIT
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED ROLL ASSY MSI

(p.233) (p.236) (p.235)

Confidential
PAPER FEEDER 2
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.234)
ROLL ASSY MSI

(p.235)
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED

(p.236)
FEEDER ASSY
(p.236)
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN ROLL REGI METAL SENSOR PHOTO: CST ACTUATOR NO
PWBA OHP SNR (p.252)
(p.264) ROLL REGI RUBBER NO PAPER (p.251) PAPER A4 (p.251)
(p.238)
ROLL ASSY TURN

(p.264)
ACTUATOR A SENSOR PHOTO: REGI PWBA OHP LED

ACTUATOR B
(p.265) (p.266) (p.267)

Confidential
TRANSFER
START
Open the COVER ASSY

FRONT (p.269)
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.269)

Confidential
XEROGRAPHICS
START
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (p.282)
FUSER UNIT (p.282) IMAGING CARTRIDGE Y, M, C, K

(p.273)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE Y, M, C, K VISOR ASSY LABEL / LEVER VISOR CRU

COVER REAR (p.274)
(p.283) LEVER VISOR CRU L / SPRING VISOR CRU (p.276)
COVER REAR (p.283)

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l COVER SIDE L (p.274) COVER SIDE I/F (p.277) 168/458
COVER SIDE L (p.284) DISPENSER ASSY Y, M, C, K (p.275) LED ASSY (p.279) COVER SIDE R (p.278)
COVER SIDE I/F (p.284) SENSOR ASSY CRU C, M, Y (p.278)
COVER SIDE R (p.285)
COVER TOP (p.285)
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK (p.286) FAN MAIN (p.290)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (p.287) SHIELD ASSY ESS (p.290)
SENSOR ASSY CRU K (p.288) LVPS (p.292) HVPS (p.294)
SENSOR ASSY CRU C, M, Y (p.289) ROS ASSY (p.293) LED ASSY (p.295)
SENSOR PHOTO: TONER

CONNECTOR CRUM (p.289) HOUSING ASSY B (p.296)
CARTRIDGE (p.297)

Confidential
FUSER & EXIT
START
Open the COVER ASSY

FRONT (p.299)
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT FUSER UNIT CHUTE DUP GATE

(p.299) (p.300) (p.300)

Confidential
FRAME
START
Remove the IOT

ASSY 550 CASSETTE
(p.302) OpenFRONT
the COVER ASSY
(p.310)
COVER CST 550 Open the COVER ASSY FUSER UNIT IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(p.303) FRONT (p.303) (p.311) C, M, Y, K (p.312)
Open the COVER ASSY IMAGING CARTRIDGE HOLDER ASSY COVER REAR
FRONT (p.303) C, M, Y, K (p.304) WHEEL STAR (p.311) (p.312)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE COVER REAR COVER SIDE L COVER SIDE I/F

C, M, Y, K (p.304) (p.304) (p.313) (p.314)
LINK L
COVER REAR COVER SIDE I/F COVER SIDE R
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
(p.304) (p.305) (p.315)
LEVER RELEASE (p.313)
LINK R
COVER SIDE I/F COVER SIDE L COVER SIDE R KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R
(p.305) (p.307) (p.305)
LEVER RELEASE (p.315)
COVER SIDE R GUIDE ASSY L 550 SWITCH ASSY SIZE

(p.305) (p.308) (p.306)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE

(p.306)
GUIDE TRAY R 550

(p.306)

Confidential
DRIVE
START
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
(p.318) (p.318)
FUSER UNIT
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (p.318)
(p.319)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE C, M, Y, K IMAGING CARTRIDGE C, M, Y, K

(p.319) (p.319)
COVER REAR (p.320) COVER REAR (p.320)
COVER SIDE L (p.320) COVER SIDE I/F (p.321)
COVER SIDE I/F (p.321) COVER SIDE R (p.321)
DRIVE ASSY PH
COVER SIDE R (p.321) KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH (p.322)
COVER TOP (p.324)
HARNESS ASSY
(p.325)INTERLOCK
DRIVE ASSY MAIN

(p.325)

Confidential
ELECTRICAL
START
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.328)
FUSER UNIT IMAGING CARTRIDGE

(p.329) C, M, Y, K (p.338)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE COVER REAR

C, M, Y, K (p.329) (p.339)
COVER REAR COVER SIDE I/F
(p.330) (p.339)
COVER SIDE L COVER SIDE R

(p.330) (p.340)
COVER SIDE I/F PWBA EEPROM XPRO COVER SIDE L SWITCH POWER BOARD ASSY, MAIN
PWBA USB (p.341)
(p.331) (XPRO) (p.340) (p.330) (p.341) (p.342)
COVER SIDE R SHIELD ASSY ESS

(p.331) (p.347)
COVER TOP SENSOR HUM

PWBA MCU (p.348)
(p.332) (p.348)
FAN MAIN (p.333) HARNESS ASSY HARNESS ASSY

INTERLOCK (p.332) INLET (p.336)
LVPS (p.334)

Confidential
DUPLEX
START
Open the COVER ASSY

FRONT (p.351)
TRANSFER UNIT (p.351)
FEEDER ASSY DUP (p.352)
COVER PWBA DUP (p.353)
FAN DUP (p.356) ACTUATOR DUP (p.353) CLUTCH DUP (p.355) PWBA DUP-H (p.354) MOTOR ASSY DUP (p.357)
MOTOR ASSY DUP (p.357) SENSOR PHOTO:

(p.354) DUP, JAM ROLL ASSY DUP-1 (p.355)
ROLL ASSY DUP-2 (p.357)

Confidential
550 OPTION FEEDER 1
START
Remove the CASSETTE Remove the CASSETTE

ASSY 550 IOT (p.359) ASSY 550 OPT (p.365)
550 OPTION FEEDER COVER LEFT (p.365)

COVER CST 550 (p.359)
(p.362)
Remove the CASSETTE COVER RIGHT (p.366)
5/22/2018
ASSY 550 OPT (p.360) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
COVER CST 550 (OPT) CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT

(p.360) (p.366)
COVER LEFT (p.363) CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT

COVER RIGHT (p.361)
(p.367)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE GUIDE ASSY 550 L

(p.361) (p.363) FEEDER ASSY
(p.367)UNIT OPT
GUIDE TRAY R 550 ROLL ASSY TURN SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
(p.362) (p.368) PAPER (p.369) (p.369)

Confidential
550 OPTION FEEDER 2
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 HANDLE CST 550 OPT GUIDE ASSY CST KIT ROLL ASSY FEED KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
COVER RIGHT (p.372) GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
(p.377) (p.379) END 550 (p.379) (p.380)
SEC (RETARD) (p.380)
PLATE ASSY BTM A4

(p.378)
CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT CLUTCH ASSY FEED SWITCH ASSY SIZE
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l PWBA FEED-H (p.374) 175/458
(p.372) OPT (p.373) (p.374)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED

OPT (p.373)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR

(p.373)

Confidential
4.4 Disassembly/Reassembly
4.4.1 How to Read this Chapter
PAGE CONFIGURATION
 Opening page  Main page
Section Title Guide Part Name
Shows title of the section. Guide to indicate the procedual steps. Shows part to be disassembled or
operation to be performed in the column.
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision A AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision A
4.4 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY LOCATION

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l COVER EXTENSION 1 176/458
A COVER REAR B COVER EXTENSION 2
4.4.1 COVER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS COVER REAR
COVER EXTENSION 1
Table 4-1. List of Disassembled Parts 2)-2

COVER REAR
Name Guide 3)
COVER REAR A
2)-1
COVER EXTENSION 1
1)
B
COVER EXTENSION 2 1)
COVER SIDE IF C COVER EXTENSION 1

COVER EXTENSION 2
1)
1) Kmy03007EA
COVER SIDE IF 2) Kmy03003EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that securethe COVER REAR to the main unit. 1. Open the COVER EXTENSION 1.
2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit. 2. With the center of the COVER EXTENSION 1 bowed a little, pull out the protrusion on one side of
the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the hole in the COVER TOP.
3. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the COVER TOP,
and remove the COVER EXTENSION 1.
NEXT>>
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 174 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 175
Name/Guide Location Procedure Next

Lists part names in Name column, whose Shows locations of each Shows disassembly procedure. Procedure continues
disassembly procedures are described in the part. Reassemble parts in the reverse on the next page.
section. Refer to alphabets in Guide column order of their removal.
to disassemble each part.
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly 177

Confidential
PROCEDURE 3) Go to main pages, find the column(s) that has the foregoing guide on the
upper left corner, and perform the operation described in the column(s).
1) Locate the part you want to remove in the table.
For example: To remove the ROS ASSY, you need to remove all the parts
2) Check the guide of the part. or components that have “B” on the upper left column in
ascending page order.
For example: If you want to remove the ROS ASSY, the guide is “B”.
4.4.13 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 2) A B C D COVER ASSY FRONT
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Table 4-13. List of Disassembled Parts Perform the operation in

Name Guide the column with “B” on
COVER ASSY FRONT
the corner.
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
LATCH
A
CONNECTOR CRUM
ROS ASSY B
4) Remove the objective part.
HVPS
C AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision A
Locate
HOUSING ASSY B the part and
find its guide. 5)
B ROS ASSY
5)
SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE D 5)
5) 5)
5)
LVPS 6)
1)
2)-2
2)-1 Kmy03032EA
Kmy03066EA
5. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the LVPS to the SHIELD LVPS. 1. Disconnect connector of the ROS ASSY(P/J12) on the PWBA MCU.
6. Remove the LVPS from the SHIELD LVPS. 2. Remove the CORE TC-18-10-10 from the harness of the ROS ASSY, and pull out the connector
through the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 276

Confidential
4.4.2 COVER (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Table 4-1. List of Disassembled Parts

Name Guide COVER REAR
COVER REAR
A
COVER EXTENSION 1
B
COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER SIDE IF
C
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER SIDE IF

Confidential
COVER EXTENSION 1
A COVER REAR B COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER EXTENSION 1
-
COVER REAR 2) 2
3)
2)-1
1)
1)
1)
1) Kmy03007EA
2) Kmy03003EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit. 1. Open the COVER EXTENSION 1.
2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit. 2. With the center of the COVER EXTENSION 1 bowed a little, pull out the protrusion on one side of
the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the hole in the COVER TOP.
3. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the COVER TOP,
and remove the COVER EXTENSION 1.
NEXT>>

Confidential
C COVER SIDE IF
COVER EXTENSION 2
6)
5)-2 COVER SIDE IF
1)-1
5)-1 1)-2
5/22/2018 1) 1- om
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c
Kmy03082EA
Kmy03008EA
4. Open the COVER EXTENSION 2. 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.
5. With the center of the COVER EXTENSION 2 bowed a little, pull out the protrusion on one side of
the COVER EXTENSION 2 through the hole in the COVER EXTENSION 1.
6. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 2 through the COVER
EXTENSION 1, and remove the COVER EXTENSION 2.

Confidential
4.4.3 COVER (PART 2)

COVER TOP
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
COVER SIDE L
A
COVER TOP
COVER SIDE R B
LOCATION
COVER SIDE R
COVER SIDE L

Confidential
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)

IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)
A B COVER ASSY FRONT A B IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)
COVER ASSY FRONT
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
LATCH
1)
1) -2
1) -1
Kmy03044EA
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.  There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner.

Do not place the IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or

fluorescent lamp.
1. Hold the levers on the left and right sides of the IMAGING CARTRIDGE, and remove the
IMAGING CARTRIDGE by pulling it out slowly toward you.

Confidential
A B COVER REAR A COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE L
COVER REAR 1)
4)-1
4)-1
2)
1)
1) 3) 4)-1
2)
5/22/2018 3)
1)
4)-2 4)-1
2) 1) 2) Kmy03006EA
Kmy03003EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit. As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be
2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit. careful not to burn yourself.
1. Release the lock on the left side of the FUSER UNIT.

2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE L to the main unit.
3. Pull the COVER SIDE L so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE L, and
remove the COVER SIDE L from the main unit.

Confidential
A B COVER SIDE IF A B COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1 4)-1
2)
1)-2
3)
4) 1
5/22/2018 1)-1 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om 3) 2)
4)-1
COVER SIDE IF
4)-2
2)
Kmy03008EA Kmy03005EA
1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF. As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be
careful not to burn yourself.
1. Release the lock on the right side of the FUSER UNIT.

2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R to the main unit.
3. Pull the COVER SIDE R so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE R, and
remove the COVER SIDE R from the main unit.

Confidential
A FUSER UNIT A COVER TOP
3) 1)
COVER TOP
FUSER UNIT 1)
1)
1)
2)
2) 3)-1
2)
2)
1)
3)-2
1)
Kmy03046EA
Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high t emperature after 1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping,
turning the power off. 10 mm) that secure the COVER TOP to the main unit.
2. Pull the tabs of the COVER TOP outward so that it comes free from the two protrusion of the main unit.
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE. 3. Raise the COVER TOP to disengage the protrusion on the left side of the COVER TOP through the
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow, hole in the main unit, and remove the COVER TOP.
and unlock the lock.
3. Slide the FUSER

main unit, UNITthe
and remove toward
FUSERfront of the
UNIT byprinter,
lifting itrelease theup.
straight connector and the guide pin from the

Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
COVER ASSY MSI
COVER ASSY MSI
A
COVER CST 550 B
KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC
(LINK ASSY MSI L/TRAY ASSY MSI BASE/
LINK ASSY MSI R/TRAY MSI)
C
COVER CST 550

Confidential
LINK ASSY MSI L TRAY MSI

A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
TRAY ASSY MSI BASE LINK ASSY MSI R
1. Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT out.

Confidential
A COVER ASSY MSI B COVER CST 550
2)-2 LEVER MSI 1
2)-1
2)-2
2)-1
3)-1
3)-2
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l COVER CST 550 188/458
3)-1
5/22/2018
3)-2 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om 2)-2
2)-1
4)
COVER ASSY MSI Kmy03014EA
1. Open the COVER ASSY MSI. Kmy03004EA

Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY MSI.
1. Pull the COVER CST 550 toward you as far as it will go.
2. With the center of the COVER CST 550 bowed a little, release the two tabs, and remove the COVER
2. Release the tabs on the PIN PIVOT MSIs that secure the LINK ASSY MSI, which is on the left and CST 550 from the main unit.
right ends of the COVER ASSY MSI, to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PIN PIVOT
MSIs inward.
3. Release the tabs of the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs that secure the COVER ASSY MSI to the main unit,
and pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs inward.
When installing the LINK ASSY MSI R, place the LEVER MSI 1 on top of the LINK ASSY
MSI R.
4. Remove the COVER ASSY MSI from the main unit.

Confidential
C KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC

4)-2
2)-2 3)-1
2)-1
3)-2 4)-1
LEVER MSI 1
4)-1
3)-1
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 2)-2 189/458
LINK A SSY MSI L

2)-1
1) 3)-2
LINK ASSY MSI R

Kmy03016EA
Kmy03015EA
3. Rotate the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY MSI R so that the cutouts of their shafts match
the protrusions of the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE, and remove the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK
1. Open the COVER ASSY MSI. ASSY MSI R.
Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY MSI.

Mind the correct orientation when installing the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY
MSI R.
 Make sure that the pad attaching parts of the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY
2. Release the tabs on the PIN PIVOT MSIs that secure the LINK ASSY MSI, which is on the left and MSI R are on the downside.
 Do not switch the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY MSI R.
right ends of the COVER ASSY MSI, to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PIN PIVOT
MSIs inward. 4. While pulling the edges of the COVER MSI outward, remove the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE together
with the TRAY MSI.
When installing the LINK ASSY MSI R, place the LEVER MSI 1 on top of the LINK ASSY
MSI R. When installing the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE and the TRAY MSI, be sure to insert their
shaft into the correct position.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
TRAY ASSY MSI BASE

5)
5)
6)
TRAY MSI
Kmy03017EA
5. Turn over the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE and the TRAY MSI, and remove the SPRING TRAY.
6. Remove the TRAY MSI from the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE.

Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
CONTROL
PANEL
Name Guide
CONTROL PANEL
A
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH B
LATCH FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
5/22/2018
C EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
SPRING LATCH PLATE LATCH
KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
D
HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER E
LATCH FRONT

Confidential
HARNESS ASSY-CON F 192/458
COVER ASSY FRONT
KIT COVER ASSY

FRONT SEC
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER

Confidential
A B C D E COVER ASSY FRONT A B C D E TRANSFER UNIT
COVER ASSY FRONT
1)-1
LATCH
1)-1
1) -2
1) -1
1)-2 193/458
Kmy03030EA
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Do not touch or damage the BELT section of the TRANSFER UNIT.
1. Pull the levers on the left and right side of the TRANSFER UNIT to unlock the lock, and raise the
TRANSFER UNIT straight up to 90°.
NEXT>>

Confidential
A CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
TRANSFER UNIT 2)-2
2)
2)-1 194/458
1)
1)
Kmy03031EA
Kmy03045EA
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER 1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
ASSY FRONT, remove the guide pin on the left side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the hole on the OUT to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the TRANSFER UNIT. 2. Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
A CONTROL PANEL B C D E FEEDER ASSY DUP
2)
1)-1 FEEDER ASSY DUP
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
2)
5/22/2018 1)-2 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Kmy03013EA
CONTROL PANEL Kmy03075EA
 Be careful not to drop or damage the CONTROL PANEL. 1. Pull the lever of the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and raise the FEEDER ASSY DUP straight up.
 Be sure not to remove the CONTROL PANEL from the COVER FRONT ASSY too far 2. Pull out the two guide pins on the down side of the FEEDER ASSY DUP through the hole on the
as they are connected with a harness. COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
1. Release the two tabs on the CONTROL PANEL, and remove the CONTROL PANEL from the
COVER FRONT ASSY.
2. Disconnect the CONTROL PANEL connector (CN1) and the HARNESS ASSY-CON F terminal.

Confidential
PLATE LATCH
B SPRING LATCH LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT 4)-2
LATCH FRONT
Figure-A SPRING LATCH
4)-1
3)
2) 4)-2 4)-1
2) 1)
PLATE LATCH
Kmy03012EB
Kmy03011EB
Confirm if the PLATE LATCH moves smoothly by pressing the BUTTON TOP.
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the
PLATE LATCH.
1. Remove the SPRING LATCH from the tabs of the PLATE LATCH and the COVER FRONT ASSY.
Install the SPRING LATCH as shown in figure-A.
2. Remove the screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the two LATCH FRONTs to
the COVER FRONT ASSY.
3. Slide the PLATE LATCH and the LATCH FRONT in the direction of the arrow, and remove them
from the COVER FRONT ASSY.
NEXT>>

Confidential

C D E IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
C D E COVER REAR
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
Kmy03044EA 2) Kmy03003EA
 There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner. 1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit.

2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit.

fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
C D E COVER SIDE IF C D E COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1 4)-1
2)
1)-2
3)
4)-1 198/458
1)-1
1) 1 3) 2)

4)-1
COVER SIDE IF 4)-2
2)


Confidential
C COVER ASSY FRONT
HARNESS Figure-B
ASSY-CON F Ground
(White) Wire (Green)
Gap
5)
HARNESS ASSY
Gap
FRONT COVER (Black)
4)
1)
3)
2) 6)-1
Kmy03087EA
6)-2
A
Kmy03009EC  When performing the next step, be sure not to release the wire and harnesses from the DUCT
DRV PH near the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A).
 Make sure that the protective tubes of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are damaged,
replace them with new ones.
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the 3. Release the ground wire, harness, and HARNESS ASSY-CON F, which are coming out of the
DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions.
COVER ASSY FRONT, from the DUCT DRV PH keeping them remain in it near the COVER
ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A).
1. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the ground wire, which is coming out of the COVER Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F ( white), and HARNESS
ASSY FRONT, to the main unit. ASSY FRONT COVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the harness and the connector (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the routed as shown in figure-B.
HARNESS ASSY-CON F. (The harnesses are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT.)
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
 When performing the next step, be sure not to release the wire and harnesses from the DUCT 5. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI and the HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP from the
DRV PH near the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A). DUCT DRV PH.
 Make sure that the protective tubes of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are 6. Release the tab of the DUCT DRV PH, and remove the DUCT DRV PH together with the harness
damaged, replace them with new ones.
from the DRIVE ASSY PH.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
C CONTROL PANEL
8)-1
9)-1
9)-2
1)-1
1)-1
8)-2 8)-3
COVER ASSY 8)-3

FRONT
10) 8)-2
7)
8)-1
9)-1
2)
9)-2
1)-2
Kmy03010EB
7. Open the COVER ASSY MSI. Kmy03013EA
Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY FRONT. CONTROL PANEL
 Be careful not to drop or damage the CONTROL PANEL.

 Be sure not to remove the CONTROL PANEL from the COVER FRONT ASSY too far
8. Release the two tabs of the SHAFT PIVOTs on both sides of the COVER ASSY FRONT, hold the as they are connected with a harness.
COVER ASSY FRONT, and pull the SHAFT PIVOTs outward to remove the COVER ASSY
FRONT from the LINK L and the LINK R. 1. Release the two tabs on the CONTROL PANEL, and remove the CONTROL PANEL from the
COVER FRONT ASSY.
9. Release the two tabs of the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs that secure the COVER ASSY FRONT and the
COVER ASSY MSI to the main unit, and pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs inward.
10. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT together with the COVER ASSY MSI.
11. Remove the COVER ASSY MSI from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
PLATE LATCH
C SPRING LATCH LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT 4)-2
LATCH FRONT
4)-1
3)
4)-2
2) 4)-1
2) 1)
PLATE LATCH
Kmy03012EB
Kmy03011EB
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the
PLATE LATCH.
NEXT>>

Confidential
C HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 3)
5)-2
4)-1 4)-2
HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White) Figure-C
5)-1 5)-1
7)
4)-1
6)
Gap 6)
6)
Ground Wire 6)
(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT

Gap COVER (Black)
B
1)

A
2)
Kmy03089EA
Kmy03090EA
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the 4. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2721) that connect the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions. to the TRANSFER UNIT, and remove the connector (P/J2721) together with the HOLDER
DRAWER and the SHIELD DRAWER from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
5. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2721), and remove the HOLDER DRAWER together with
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (main unit side).
the SHIELD DRAWER from the connector (P/J2721).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the DUCT DRV PH.
6. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F (white), and HARNESS
ASSY FRONT COVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are 7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER together with the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
routed as shown in figure-C. from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the terminal of the HARNESS ASSY
DRAWER EARTH to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
9)-2
C HARNESS ASSY-CON F
9)-1
9)-1
Gap
Ground Wire
8)
(Green) 1)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
8) 203/458
HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
2)
 Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (black) under the HARNESS ASSY-CON Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the
F (white) in the section indicated with A. DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions.
 The part of the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC indicated with B should be placed
inside of the metal plate of the COVER ASSY FRONT.
1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the HARNESS ASSY-CON F (main unit side).
8. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the two tabs of the KIT COVER 2. Release the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the DUCT DRV PH.
ASSY HARN SEC.
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F ( white), and HARNESS
Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER so that there is no slack.
ASSY FRONT COVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are
routed as shown in figure-C.
9. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2720) that connect the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the KIT
COVER ASSY HARN SEC.
NEXT>>

Confidential
C KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
3)
4)
3)
3)
3)
3)-1
HARNESS
ASSY-CON F 3)-2
B 1)
3)-1
5)
5/22/2018 A EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
2)
Kmy03088EA
Kmy03093EA
3. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC 1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
to the COVER ASSY FRONT. EARTH2 to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Do not separate the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT too 2. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER EARTH2 from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
far as they are connected with the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER. 3. Release the two tabs that secure the BUTTON TOP to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the
BUTTON TOP and the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC.
4. Remove the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
 Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (black) under the HARNESS ASSY-CON
F (white) in the section indicated with A.
 The part of the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC indicated with B should be placed
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
PLATE LATCH
D CONTROL PANEL D SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
3)
1)-1 2)
1)-1
2) 1)
2)
1)-2
Kmy03013EA
Kmy03011EB
CONTROL PANEL
 Be careful not to drop or damage the CONTROL PANEL.
 Be sure not to remove the CONTROL PANEL from the COVER FRONT ASSY too far
as they are connected with a harness.
1. Release the two tabs on the CONTROL PANEL, and remove the CONTROL PANEL from the
COVER FRONT ASSY. Install the SPRING LATCH as shown in figure-A.
NEXT>>

Confidential
LATCH FRONT
D HARNESS ASSY-CON F
4)-2
LATCH FRONT
4)-1
4)-2
4)-1
Gap
PLATE LATCH
Ground Wire
(Green) 1)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
Kmy03012EB 2)
Kmy03092EA
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the
PLATE LATCH. DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions.
1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the HARNESS ASSY-CON F (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>

Confidential
PLATE LATCH
E SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
3)
2)
3)
2) 1)
4)
3)
3)
3)
HARNESS
ASSY-CON F
B
5)
A
Kmy03011EB
Kmy03093EA
Do not separate the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT too 1. Remove the SPRING LATCH from the tabs of the PLATE LATCH and the COVER FRONT ASSY.
far as they are connected with the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER.
4. Remove the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
 Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (black) under the HARNESS ASSY-CON 2. Remove the screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the two LATCH FRONTs to
F (white) in the section indicated with A. the COVER FRONT ASSY.
 The part of the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC indicated with B should be placed 3. Slide the PLATE LATCH and the LATCH FRONT in the direction of the arrow, and remove them
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
LATCH FRONT
E HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
4)-2
LATCH FRONT
4)-1
4)-2
4)-1
Gap
PLATE LATCH Ground Wire

(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT

Gap COVER (Black)
1)
2)
Kmy03012EB
Kmy03089EA
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the
PLATE LATCH. DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions.
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the DUCT DRV PH.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the terminal of the HARNESS ASSY
DRAWER EARTH to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
9)-2
3)
5)-2 9)-1
4)-1 4)-2
5)-1 5)-1
7)
4)-1 9)-1
6)
6)
6)
6)
8)
B
8)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
A
Kmy03091EA
Kmy03090EA
4. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2721) that connect the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER  Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (black) under the HARNESS ASSY-CON
to the TRANSFER UNIT, and remove the connector (P/J2721) together with the HOLDER F (white) in the section indicated with A.
DRAWER and the SHIELD DRAWER from the COVER ASSY FRONT.  The part of the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC indicated with B should be placed
5. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2721), and remove the HOLDER DRAWER together with inside of the metal plate of the COVER ASSY FRONT.
the SHIELD DRAWER from the connector (P/J2721).
8. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the two tabs of the KIT COVER
ASSY HARN SEC.
Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER so that there is no slack.
7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER together with the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
9. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J2720) that connect the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the KIT
COVER ASSY HARN SEC.
NEXT>>

Confidential
4.4.6 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4

GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 PLATE ASSY BTM A4
GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 A

PLATE ASSY BTM A4
GUIDE ASSY CST END 550

B
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI
C
ROLL ASSY RETARD
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM

D

Confidential
A B C D CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
ROLL ASSY RETARD

ROLL ASSY RETARD HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI

PLATE ASSY BOTTOM

Confidential
4)
A GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 GUIDE ASSY
SIDE L 550 A4 3)-2
3)-1
1)-1
1)-2 GUIDE ASSY

SIDE R 550 A4
:Tab
5)
GUIDE ASSY
2) SIDE R
6) GUIDE ASSY SIDE L

1. Release the tabs that secure the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the 3. Pinch the tab of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 to slide the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 inward.
GEAR PINION. 4. Move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward.
5. While holding down the two tabs that secure the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 to the HOUSING
Before securing the GEAR PINION with a t ab, move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and BASE RE 550, release the three tabs on the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward as far as they will go and match their phases.
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4.
2. Slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4. BASE RE 550, release the three tabs on the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4.
NEXT>>

Confidential
PLATE ASSY BTM A4

A PLATE ASSY BTM A4
4)-1
3)-1
4)-3
5) 4)-2
3)-2 5)
2)
1) Kmy03206EA Kmy03207E
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the right PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to 4. Pull out the SHAFT PB A4 from the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 in the direction of the arrow, and
the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT, release the two tabs with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and remove the STOPPER PB and the GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550. 5. Release the two protrusions of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 from the tabs on the HOUSING BASE
RE 550, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
Before performing reassembly, slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock
and bring up the PLATE ASSY BTM4 as far as it will go by pressing the LEVER BTM
LOCK.
2. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the left PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT, release the two tabs, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550.
3. Release the tab on the GEAR PB R, and remove it from the SHAFT PB A4.
NEXT>>

Confidential
B GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 C HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI

1)-2
1)-2
2)-2
2)-1 1)-1
1)
5/22/2018 GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END 1. Pressing down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM slightly, pinch the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI as
550 from the back side of the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT. shown in the figure to release the two tabs, and remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI from the
2. Pinch the tab that secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY CST HOUSING BASE FR 550.
END 550.

Confidential
C ROLL ASSY RETARD D PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM

1)
1)
ROLL ASSY RETARD
3)-2
1) 2)-2
2)
3)-1
3)
2)
2)-1
1)
Kmy03201EA
Kmy03202EA
1. Remove the SPRING RETARD that is attached to the HOLDER RETARD MSI. 1. Remove the SPRING NF MSI hitched on the ARM L, R.
2. With the BEARING RETARD R, L attached to the ROLL ASSY RETARD, remove the BEARING 2. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER ASSY MSI L to the PLATE ASSY
RETARD R, L from the groove of the HOLDER RETARD MSI. BOTTOM, and remove the HOLDER ASSY MSI L.
3. Remove the BEARING RETARD R, L from the ROLL ASSY RETARD. 3. While lifting up the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM from the
HOUSING BASE FR 550.

Confidential
4.4.7 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 2) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI COVER FRONT MSI
Name Guide
ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
A
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD) B
HANDLE CST
C
COVER FRONT MSI
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD)

HANDLE CST

Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
1)
3)
2)
4) 217/458
3)
ACTUATOR NO
PAPER MSI
5/22/2018 CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Kmy03205EA
1. Pinch the ACTUATOR ASSY MSI as shown in the figure to release the tabs, and remove the
ACTUATOR ASSY MSI from the HANDLE CST.
Install the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI so that it is inserted into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BOTTOM.
2. Release the SPRING NO PAPER from the HOLDER ACTUATOR.

3. Expand the left and right edges of the HOLDER ACTUATOR as shown in the figure, pull out the
shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI together
with the SPRING NO PAPER.
4. Remove the SPRING NO PAPER from the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B on the ACTUATOR A, B, and CHUTE
REGI securely.

Confidential
B KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD) C HANDLE CST
2)-1 HANDLE CST
1)-2
1)-1 2)-2
1)-2 1)-2
1)-1
1)-1
1)-1
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC consists of three rollers; one is installed in the CASSETTE 1. Turn the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT over, release the two protrusions with a mini screwdriver or a
ASSY 550 IOT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When similar tool, and remove the HANDLE CST.
replacing these rollers, be sure to r eplace them at one time.
Install the HANDLE CST so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI is inserted into the
1. Release the tabs on the left and right ends of the COVER RTD CST, and open the COVER RTD CST. hole of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM.
2. Release the tab on the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD), and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY
FEED SEC (RETARD) from the SHAFT RETARD.

Confidential
C COVER FRONT MSI
1)-2
COVER FRONT MSI
1)-1
1)-2
5/22/2018 Kmy03203EA
1. While lifting up the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, pull out the shaft on both ends of the COVER
FRONT MSI from the HANDLE CST, and remove the COVER FRONT MSI.
Install the COVER FRONT MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI is placed on the
COVER FRONT MSI.

Confidential
4.4.8 PAPER FEEDER (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER)

Name Guide
SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER
A
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI B
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER) C
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER

Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1
1. Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT out. 1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
A TRANSFER UNIT
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2 2)-1
Kmy03031EA
Kmy03030EA
Do not touch or damage the BELT section of the TRANSFER UNIT. 2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, remove the guide pin on the left side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the hole on the
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the TRANSFER UNIT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
A SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER B ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
3)-1 1)-2
1)-1
2)
3)-2
SENSOR PHOTO:
MSI NO PAPER 4)
2)-1 1)
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 3) 223/458
2)-2
ROLL A SSY FEED MSI
Kmy03023EA
Kmy03022EA
1. Release the tab of the COVER SNR. 1. Release the tab on the ROLL CORE MSI located on the right side of the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI,
2. Turn the upper side of the COVER SNR in the direction of the arrow, release the rib on the upper and slide the ROLL CORE MSI in the direction of the arrow.
right of the COVER SNR from the CHUTE MSI, and remove the COVER SNR. 2. Slide the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI in the direction of the arrow so that it comes free from the vertical
3. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER to the CHUTE MSI, and thole attached to the SHAFT MSI.
remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER. 3. Rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI 180° and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI from the SHAFT
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J2751) of the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER. MSI.

Confidential
C KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
1)-1
1)-2
KIT ROLL ASSY
1)-1
FEED SEC (FEED)
1)-2
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (NUDGER)
Kmy03029EA
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC consists of three rollers; one is installed in the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 IOT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
replacing these rollers, be sure to r eplace them at one time.
1. Release the tabs of the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SECs (FEED, NUDGER) and remove the KIT
ROLL ASSY FEED SECs (FEED, NUDGER) from the shafts.

Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
FEEDER ASSY
A
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL ASSY MSI B

CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED C

SOLENOID FEED MSI
SOLENOID FEED MSI

Confidential
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL ASSY MSI

ROLL REGI RUBBER
FEEDER ASSY

Confidential
A B C D CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A B C D COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1

Confidential

A B C D IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
A B C D COVER REAR
COVER REAR
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1) 1)
1)
1)
1)
2)

Do not place IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or fluorescent

lamp.

Confidential
A B C D COVER SIDE IF A B C D COVER SIDE R
1) COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF 3)
4)-1
1)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
4) 2
2)
5/22/2018 Kmy03008EA
Kmy03005EA


Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White) Figure-B
A C KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
Gap
Attach to the Ground Wire

(Green)
main unit
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
7)
Attach to
GEAR MSI
6)
1) 3)
5)
2)-1 4)
2)-2
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l A 230/458
Kmy03094EA
Kmy03019EA
1. Remove the SPRING FEED MSI from the main unit. 3. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the ground wire coming out of the COVER ASSY
FRONT to the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the SPRING FEED MSI. 4. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the harness and the connector (P/J OP02, P/J OP03) of the
 Make sure that the oval figure side of the SPRING FEED MSI is hitched on GEAR MSI. HARNESS ASSY-CON F. (The harnesses are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT.)
 When performing the next step, make sure not to release the wire and harnesses near
2. Release the tab on the GEAR MSI and remove the GEAR MSI from the SHAFT MSI.
the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A) from the
DUCT DRV PH.
 For easier operation, make the D-cut surface of the SHAFT MSI face upward.

 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to c heck if the harnesses routed through the Make surereplace
damaged, that thethem
protective tubes
with new of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are
ones.
5. Release the ground wire, harness, HARNESS ASSY-CON F, which are coming out of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, from the DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
11)
10) 9)
8)-2
DRIVE ASSY PH 9)
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 8)-1 9) 231/458
Kmy03061EB
Kmy03060EB 9)
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F ( white),EPSON
and HARNESS 9. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the main
5/22/2018 Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
ASSY FRONT COVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are unit.
routed as shown in figure-B.
Do not pull the DRIVE ASSY PH too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
6. Disconnect the connector (P/J236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. harness.
7. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI and the HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP from the
DUCT DRV PH. 10. Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the main unit.
8. Release the tab of the DUCT DRV PH, and remove the DUCT DRV PH together with the harness
from the DRIVE ASSY PH. The harness connected to the DEVE MOTOR of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN should pass the
far side of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.
11. Disconnect the connector (P/J251) of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
12) KIT MOT ASSY PH

A CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
13)
12) Gray
12)
Gray
1)
2) 2)
2)
Gray
4)
3) Kmy03024EB
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
 The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit.

KIT GEAR ASSY PH Kmy03086EB

1. Disconnect the connector (P/J233) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI.

12. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the KIT MOT ASSY PH to the KIT GEAR
ASSY PH. Match the colors of the harnesses of the clutches with that of the harnesses of the main unit.
13. Remove the KIT MOT ASSY PH from the KIT GEAR ASSY PH.
2. Release the harness (gray) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI from the clamp and the tab on the main
unit frame and the clamp on the FEEDER ASSY.
Do not misplace the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED. When
installing the clutches, match the colors of the harnesses and the positioning ribs of the clutches.
 Color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI harness is gray.
 Color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED harness is yellow.
3. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI to the FEEDER ASSY.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI from the FEEDER ASSY.

Confidential
A B TRANSFER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT 2)-2
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2 2)-1
Kmy03031EA 233/458
Kmy03030EA
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B ROLL ASSY MSI
3)-1
3)-2 3)-1
3)-2
Attach to
the main unit
5)
1) Attach to
GEAR MSI
White
2)-1 5)
2)-2
4)
Black
Kmy03021EA
ROLL ASSY MSI

Kmy03080EA
1. Remove the SPRING FEED MSI from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientations when installing the SPRING FEED MSI.
 Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side is attached to the main unit.
3. Remove the E-rings on the left and right edges of the ROLL ASSY MSI that secure the BEARINGs,
and slide the BEARINGs inward.
2. Release the tab of the GEAR MSI and remove the GEAR MSI from the SHAFT MSI. Be careful not to lose the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING.
Make the D-cut surface of the SHAFT MSI face upward for easier operation.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY MSI to the right, pull out the left end of the ROLL ASSY MSI
from the main unit, and remove the ROLL ASSY MSI.
5. Remove the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING from the ROLL ASSY MSI.
Mind the correct orientations when installing the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING.
 Color of the BEARING EARTH on the right side is black.
 Color of the BEARING on the left side is white.
NEXT>>

Confidential
A C CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED A FEEDER ASSY
Yellow
1)
2) 1)
1)
2)
2)
Yellow Kmy03026EA
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
4) 3)
Yellow Kmy03025EB
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l  It is not necessary to remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER and the COVER SNR 235/458

 The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit. when performing the following work.

5/22/2018
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE MSI to the main unit.
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J235) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED.

Do not pull the CHUTE MSI from the main unit too far as they are connected with a
Match the colors of the harnesses of the clutches with that of the harnesses of the main unit. harness.
2. Release the harness (yellow) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED from the clamp and the tab on the 2. Remove the CHUTE MSI from the main unit.
main unit frame.
Be careful not to pinch the cable between the CHUTE MSI and the main unit.
3. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED to the FEEDER ASSY.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED from the FEEDER ASSY.
installing the clutches, match the colors of the harnesses and the positioning ribs of the
clutches.
 Color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED harness is yellow. NEXT>>

Confidential
Blue
4) 6)
6)
Blue
8)
7)-1
3)
5) 7)-2
FEEDER ASSY
Kmy03028EA
7)-2
 If your screwdriver is not long enough to perform the following work, close the COVER

ASSY FRONT for easier operation.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY to the main unit.
Kmy03027EB Be careful not to drop the SPRING EARTH on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY.
 7. Pull out the protrusion on the left side of the FEEDER ASSY, slide the FEEDER ASSY slightly to the
far left side, and pull out the two protrusions (one is attached the SPRING EARTH) on the right side
from the main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J232) of the harness coming out of the FEEDER ASSY and the
connector (P/J241). Make sure that the SPRING EARTH attached to t he right side of t he FEEDER ASSY
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J234) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN attached to the FEEDER ASSY. touches the PLATE EARTH of the main unit.
Match the colors of the harnesses of the clutches with that of the harnesses of the main unit.
 Harness color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN is blue. 8. Pull out the shaft and the clutch on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit, and
remove the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit.
5. Detach the harnesses from the clamps and the tabs of the main unit. Be careful not to lose the SPRING EARTH attached on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY.
NEXT>>

Confidential
ROLL REGI METAL

A ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL REGI METAL
8)
9) ROLL REGI RUBBER
10 )
4) (Black)
3) 6) (White)
3)
7) (Long, Yellow)
5) (White)
7) (Short, Metallic color)
1)
1)
2) (Black) Kmy03211EA Kmy03212EA
1. Remove the E-rings that secure the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER. 9. Temporarily slide the ROLL REGI METAL toward right, pull out the left end of the ROLL REGI
2. Remove the BEARING REGIs (black) that secures the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the METAL from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL REGI METAL.
ROLL REGI RUBBER. 10. Temporarily slide the ROLL REGI RUBBER toward right, pull out the left end of the ROLL REGI
3. Remove the E-rings that secure the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER. RUBBER from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
4. Remove the GEAR REGI METAL (black) attached to the shaft of the ROLL REGI METAL.
 Install the short metallic-colored SPRING on the right and the long yellow SPRING on
5. Remove the GEAR REGI RUBBER (white) attached to the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
the left as shown in the figure. (Step 7)
6. Remove the BEARING REGIs (white) that secures the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the  Install the two black BEARINGs on the right and the two white BEARINGs on the left
ROLL REGI RUBBER. as shown in the figure. (Step 2 and 6)
7. Remove the SPRING REGI R, L from the BRACKET NIP.  Install the white GEAR on the near side and the black GEAR on the far side as shown in
8. Remove the BRACKET NIP as shown in the figure. the figure. (Step 4 and 5)
NEXT>>

Confidential
D SOLENOID FEED MSI
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to 3)-1
GEAR MSI
1)
4)
2)-1
2)-2 5)
3)-2
6)
SOLENOID FEED MSI Kmy03020EB
Kmy03019EA 10mm 8mm
1. Remove the SPRING FEED MSI.
 Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side hitches on the GEAR MSI.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
4. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI from the DUCT MSI SOL and the DUCT DRV PH.
2. Release the tab on the GEAR MSI, and remove the GEAR MSI from the SHAFT MSI.  Harness color (gray) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI does not correspond with the harness

color on the main unit sided (yellow).

5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the main unit.
For easier operation, make the D-cut surface of the SHAFT MSI face upward. Be sure to use 8-mm screw when securing the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Using 10-mm screw
may damage the frame.
6. Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI from the main unit.

NEXT>>

Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
PWBA OHP SNR SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER

Name Guide
SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER A

ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 B
PWBA OHP SNR C
ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4

Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A B C COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1


Confidential

A B C IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
A B C COVER REAR
COVER REAR
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2) Kmy03003EA
Kmy03044EA


fluorescent lamp.
1. Hold the levers

IMAGING on the left by
CARTRIDGE andpulling
right sides
it outofslowly
the IMAGING CARTRIDGE, and remove the
toward you.

Confidential
A B C COVER SIDE IF A B C COVER SIDE R
1) COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF 3)
4)-1
1)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 4)-2 242/458
2)
Kmy03008EA
Kmy03005EA



Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
A B C KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
Gap
Ground Wire
Attach to the (Green)
main unit
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
7)
Attach to
GEAR MSI
6)
3)
1) 5)
2)-1 4)
2)-2
A
Kmy03094EA
Kmy03019EA
DUCT DRV PH.
 Make sure that the protective tubes of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are
 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to c heck if the harnesses routed through the damaged, replace them with new ones.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
11)
10) 9)
8)-2
DRIVE ASSY PH 9)
8)-1 9)
Kmy03061EB
Kmy03060EB 9)
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F ( white), and HARNESS 9. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the main
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY CON F ( white), and HARNESS
unit.
ASSY
routedFRONT
as shownCOVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are
in figure-B.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
12) KIT MOT ASSY PH

A B C CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
13)
12) Gray
12)
Gray
1)
2) 2)
2)
Gray
4)
3) Kmy03024EB
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
 The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit. 245/458


5/22/2018 12. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the KIT MOT ASSY PH to the EPSON
KIT GEAR

Confidential
A B C TRANSFER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT 2)-2
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
2)-1
Kmy03031EA
Kmy03030EA
5/22/2018 Do not touch or damage the BELT section of the TRANSFER UNIT. 2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C ROLL ASSY MSI
3)-1
3)-2 3)-1
3)-2
Attach to
the main unit
5)
1) Attach to
GEAR MSI
White
5)
2)-1
2)-2
4)
Black
Kmy03021EA
ROLL ASSY MSI

Kmy03080EA

5/22/2018  Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side is attached to EPSON
the main
Acunit.
uLa se r
3. Remove the E-rings on the left and right edges of the ROLL ASSY MSI that secure the BEARINGs,
C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED A B C FEEDER ASSY
Yellow
1)
2) 1)
1)
2)
2)
Yellow Kmy03026EA
4) CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Yellow 3) Kmy03025EB
 It is not necessary to remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER and the COVER SNR

when performing the following work.

http://slide pdf.c The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit.
om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 248/458

1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE MSI to the main unit.
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE MSI to the main unit.
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J235) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED. Do not pull the CHUTE MSI from the main unit too far as they are connected with a
harness.
2. Remove the CHUTE MSI from the main unit.

2. Release the harness (yellow) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED from the clamp and the tab on the
main unit frame. Be careful not to pinch the cable between the CHUTE MSI and the main unit.

installing the clutches, match the colors of t he harnesses and the positioning ribs of the clutches.
NEXT>>

Confidential
Blue
4) 6)
6)
Blue
8)
7)-1
3)
5) 7)-2
FEEDER ASSY
Kmy03028EA
7)-2

5/22/2018
 The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
from the main unit.
 Harness color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN is blue. 8. Pull out the
the FEEDER
shaft and ASSY
the clutch
remove fromonthe
themain
rightunit.
side of the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit, and
NEXT>>
Confidential
A SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER B ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
2) ACTUA TOR HOLDER NO

PAPER L A4
NO PAPER A4
1)
2)
ACTUATOR
SENSOR PHOTO: NO PAPER A4
3) (J2321)
CST NO PAPER Stopper
1)-2
Tab
Kmy03217EA 250/458
1. Remove theHOLDER
remove the screw (silver,
NO 6SNR.
mm) that secures the HOLDER NO SNR to the FEEDER ASSY, and 1)-1
5/22/2018 2. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER to the HOLDER
EPSONNO SNR,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.

3. Disconnect the connector (P/J2321) of the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
Kmy03219EA
1. Holding down the circular tab that secures the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 to the SUPPORT ASSY
NUDGER, disengage the three tabs, and remove the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 by sliding it sideways.
The stopper of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 should be inserted underneath the

HOLDER NO PAPER L A4.
2. Pull the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 out of the hole of the HOLDER NO PAPER R A4,
and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4.
Confidential
C PWBA OHP SNR
1)
3) (J2411)
2)
2)
PWBA OHP SNR
Kmy03221EA
1. Insert a mini screwdriver or a similar tool into the square hole of the COVER OHP SNR to release the
tab, and remove the COVER OHP SNR.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA OHP SNR to the FEEDER ASSY.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J2411) of the PWBA OHP SNR.
Confidential
4.4.11 PAPER FEEDER (PART 4)

DISASSEMBLED PARTS
ACTUATOR A
Name Guide
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
A
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B ACTUATOR B
SENSOR PHOTO:REGI B
PWBA OHP LED C
LOCATION
PWBA OHP LED
ROLL ASSY TURN SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A B C COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1

Confidential

A B C COVER REAR
COVER REAR
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2) Kmy03003EA
Kmy03044EA

5/22/2018 2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit.

fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
A B C COVER SIDE IF A B C COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
3)
COVER SIDE IF
4)-1
1)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 2) 255/458
Kmy03008EA
Kmy03005EA
5/22/2018 careful not to burn yourself.


Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White) Figure-B

A B C KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
Gap
Ground Wire
main unit
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
7)
Attach to
GEAR MSI
6)
1) 3)
5)
2)-1 4)
2)-2
A
Kmy03094EA
Kmy03019EA
DUCT DRV PH.
 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to c heck if the harnesses routed through the
DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions. damaged, replace them with new ones.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
11)
10) 9)
8)-2
DRIVE ASSY PH 9)
8)-1 9)
Kmy03061EB
Kmy03060EB 9)
routed as shown in figure B.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
12) KIT MOT ASSY PH

A B C CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
13)
12) Gray
12)
Gray
1)
2)
2) 2)
Gray
4)
3) Kmy03024EB
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI



12. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the KIT MOT ASSY PH to the KIT GEAR

Confidential
A B C TRANSFER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT 2)-2
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
2)-1
Kmy03031EA
Kmy03030EA
5/22/2018 COVER
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se ASSY
r vic e ma nua l FRONT, andom
- slide pdf.c remove the TRANSFER UNIT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C ROLL ASSY MSI
3)-1
3)-2 3)-1
3)-2
Attach to
the main unit
5)
1) Attach to
GEAR MSI
White
5)
2)-1
2)-2
4)
Black
Kmy03021EA
ROLL ASSY MSI

Kmy03080EA

 Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side is attached to the main unit.
3. Remove the E rings on the left and right edges of the ROLL ASSY MSI that secure the BEARINGs,
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED A B C FEEDER ASSY
Yellow
1)
2) 1)
1)
2)
2)
Yellow Kmy03026EA
4) CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Yellow 3) Kmy03025EB
 It is not necessary to remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER and the COVER SNR

when performing the following work.

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE MSI to the main unit. 261/458
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J235) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED. Do not pull the CHUTE MSI from the main unit too far as they are connected with a
Do not pull the CHUTE MSI from the main unit too far as they are connected with a
harness.
2. Remove the CHUTE MSI from the main unit.

2. Release the harness (yellow) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED from the clamp and the tab on the
main unit frame. Be careful not to pinch the cable between the CHUTE MSI and the main unit.
installing the clutches, match the colors of t he harnesses and the positioning ribs of the clutches.
NEXT>>

Confidential
Blue
4) 6)
6)
Blue
8)
7)-1
3)
5) 7)-2
FEEDER ASSY
Kmy03028EA
7)-2

5/22/2018
from the main unit.
8. Pull out the shaft and the clutch on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit, and

Harness color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN is blue. remove the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit.
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN A B C ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
4)
3) (Black)
1)
1)
2) 3)
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
2) (White)
Kmy03215EA
Kmy03218EA
1) 263/458
1. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN, and detach the 1. Remove the E-ring that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
harness. 2. Remove the BEARING REGI (white) that secures the ROLL ASSY TURN.
5/22/2018
2. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN to the FEEDER ASSY. 3. se
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 Remove thenua
r vic e ma BEARING REGI
l - slide pdf.c om(black) that secures the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN from the FEEDER ASSY.

Install the white BEARING on the right and the black BEARING on the left as shown in the
figure.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY TURN toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
TURN from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL ASSY TURN.

Confidential
ACTUATOR A
A ACTUATOR B
2)-1
1)
ACTUATOR A
5) 5)
1)
4)
4)
5)
1) 5)
2)-2 3)-2
3)-1
Kmy03214EA
3)-1
ACTUA TOR B
Kmy03213EB
1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER. 3. Release the tab on the downside of the COVER ACTUATOR with a mini screwdriver or a similar
tool, and remove the COVER ACTUATOR by sliding it toward you.
As the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER remains connected with a harness, be careful not t o 4. Pull the shaft of the ACTUATOR A, B out of the tab on the CHUTE REGI, and remove the
overload the terminal areas of the harness and the connector. ACTUATOR A, B together with the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B.
5. Release the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B that are hitched on the tabs of the ACTUATOR A, B, and
2. Release the tab on the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER, and pull the left side of the CHUTE ASSY separate the ACTUATOR A, ACTUATOR B, SPRING REGI SNSR A, and SPRING REGI SNSR B.
REGI UPPER in the direction of the arrow.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B on the ACTUATOR A, B and the CHUTE
When performing reassembly, pull the harness that is coming out of the right side of t he REGI.
CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER slightly to take up the slack out of the harness.
NEXT>>

Confidential
B SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
3)
2)-1
1)
1)
1)
2)-2
4) (J2322)
Kmy03216EA
Kmy03213EB SENSOR PHOTO:REGI

1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER. 3. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI to the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI.
As the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER remains connected with a harness, be careful not t o 4. Disconnect the connector (P/J2322) of the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI.
overload the terminal areas of the harness and the connector.
2. Release the tab on the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER, and pull the left side of the CHUTE ASSY
When performing reassembly, pull the harness that is coming out of the right side of t he
NEXT>>

Confidential
C PWBA OHP LED
2)-1
1)
Groove Groove Tab

1)
Kmy03220EB
1) PWBA OHP LED
2)-2
3)
3) 4) (J2412)
Kmy03213EB
1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER. 3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the PWBA OHP LED to the CHUTE
ASSY REGI UPPER.
As the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER remains connected with a harness, be careful not t o 4. Disconnect the connector (P/J2412) of the PWBA OHP LED.
5/22/2018 overload the terminal areas of the harness and the connector. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Be sure to route the harness as shown in the figure.

2. Release the tab on the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER, and pull the left side of the CHUTE ASSY
When performing reassembly, pull the harness that is coming out of the right side of t he
NEXT>>

Confidential
4.4.12 TRANSFER (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
TRANSFER UNIT A
TRANSFER UNIT

Confidential
A COVER ASSY FRONT A TRANSFER UNIT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH 1)-1
1) -2 1)-1
1) -1
1)-2
Kmy03030EA
NEXT>>

Confidential
TRANSFER UNIT 2)-2
2)-1
Kmy03031EA
2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER

Confidential
4.4.13 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y)

Name Guide
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY (K), (C), (M), (Y) A
VISOR ASSY LABEL
LEVER VISOR CRU R
LEVER VISOR CRU L B

DISPENSER ASSY (K), (C), (M), (Y)
SPRING VISOR CRU
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C), (M), (Y) C

LED ASSY
D

Confidential
LEVER VISOR LEVER VISOR

CRU L CRU R
SPRING
VISOR CRU
Kmy03085EA
SENSOR ASSY CRU

(C), (M), (Y)
LED ASSY
VISOR ASSY LABEL


Confidential

A B C D COVER ASSY FRONT A B C D IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
COVER ASSY FRONT
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
LATCH
1)
1) -2
1) -1
Kmy03044EA

fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
A C D COVER REAR A D COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE L
1)
COVER REAR
4)-1
4)-1
2)
1)
3)
1) 4)-1
2)
3)
1) 4)-1
4)-2
1) 2) Kmy03006EA
2) Kmy03003EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit.
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 273/458
5/22/2018 1. Release the lock on the left side of the FUSER UNIT.

Confidential
A DISPENSER ASSY (K), (C), (M), (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY (K )
2)
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
DISPENSER ASSY (M)

1)
2)
2)
1)
DISPENSER ASSY (Y) 4)
1)
1) 5)
3)
Kmy03038EA
Kmy03039EA
  There are four MOTOR ASSY Gasps and they can be removed in the same manner.

http://slide pdf.c om/re a The mid-connector should remain connected to the main unit.
de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the MOTOR ASSY DISP to the main 274/458
unit.
5. Slightly slide the MOTOR ASSY DISP toward front side of the printer, release the protrusion of the
1. Release the connectors and the harnesses of the four MOTOR ASSY DISPs from the DUCT
MOTOR ASSY DISP from the main unit, and remove the MOTOR ASSY DISP.
5/22/2018
HARNESS MOT, and disconnect the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISPs. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
2. Release the two tabs that secure the DUCT HARNESS MOT to the main unit.
3. Slightly slide the DUCT HARNESS MOT upward, release the protrusion of the DUCT HARNESS
MOT from the main unit, pull out the four connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP through the holes
in the DUCT HARNESS MOT, and remove the DUCT HARNESS MOT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
VISOR ASSY LABEL

LEVER VISOR CRU R
B LEVER VISOR CRU L
SPRING VISOR CRU
VISOR ASSY LABEL
3)
2)
1)
1)
3)
Kmy03084EA
Kmy03083EA
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BASE VISOR CRU R and the
3. Slide the LEVER VISOR CRU R and the LEVER VISOR CRU L inward, and remove the VISOR 275/458
BASE VISOR CRU L to the main unit. ASSY LABEL.

2. Remove the VISOR ASSY LABEL, LEVER VISOR CRU R, LEVER VISOR CRU L, SPRING
VISOR CRU, BASE VISOR CRU R, and BASE VISOR CRU L all together.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
6)
C COVER SIDE IF
LEVER VISOR CRU L 4)
LEVER VISOR CRU R
COVER SIDE IF
SPRING VISOR CRU

1)-1
7)
SPRING VISOR CRU
1)-2
5)
1)-1
4. Turn the LEVER VISOR CRU R, and remove the LEVER VISOR CRU R aligning its shaft with the 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.
cutout on the BASE VISOR CRU R.
5. Remove the SPRING VISOR CRU from the BASE VISOR CRU R.
6. Turn the LEVER VISOR CRU L, and remove the LEVER VISOR CRU L aligning its shaft with the
cutout on the BASE VISOR CRU L.
7. Remove the SPRING VISOR CRU from the BASE VISOR CRU L.

Confidential
C COVER SIDE R C SENSOR ASSY CRU (C), (M), (Y)
1)
COVER SIDE R
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C)

4)-1
4)-1
SENSOR ASSY CRU (M)
2)
3)
2)
1) SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)

4)-1 3)
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)
Kmy03005EA
Kmy03036EB
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU to the main unit.
careful not to burn yourself. 2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU from the main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector on the SENSOR ASSY CRU.
5/22/2018
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE EPSON
R to the Ac uLa se r
main unit. C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

Confidential
D LED ASSY
4)-1 LED ASSY
5)
4)-2
2)
4)-1 3) 1)
1)
Kmy03041EA
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DUCT SIDE L to the main unit.
2. Remove the DUCT SIDE L from the main unit.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the LED ASSY to the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the LED ASSY and remove the LED ASSY from the main unit.
5/22/2018 5. Disconnect the connector (P/J141) of the LED ASSY. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

Confidential
4.4.14 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 2) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
Name Guide
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
CONNECTOR CRUM A
ROS ASSY B
HVPS
HOUSING ASSY B C
SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE D
CONNECTOR CRUM

Confidential
ROS ASSY
HOUSING ASSY B
HVPS SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE

Confidential
A B C D COVER ASSY FRONT A B C D FUSER UNIT
3)
FUSER UNIT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
2)
2)
1) -2
1) -1
1)
Kmy03046EA
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high temperature after
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l turning the power off. 281/458
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE.
5/22/2018
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow,

3. Slide the FUSER UNIT toward front of the printer, release the connector and the guide pin from the
main unit, and remove the FUSER UNIT by lifting it straight up.

Confidential
A B C D IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)

IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
A B C D COVER REAR
IMAGING
COVER REAR
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit. 282/458
5/22/2018
fluorescent lamp. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

Confidential
A B C D COVER SIDE L A B C D COVER SIDE IF
1)
COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE IF
4)-1
4)-1 1)-1
2)
1)-2
3)
4)-1
2)
3) 1)-1
4)-2 4)-1
2) Kmy03006EA
Kmy03008EA
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.

Confidential
A B C D COVER SIDE R A B C D COVER TOP
1)
1)
1) COVER TOP
1)
COVER SIDE R 1)
2)
3)-1
4)-1
4)-1
2) 2)
3)
1)
3)-2
4)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)
Kmy03005EA
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping,
careful not to burn yourself. 10 mm) that secure the COVER TOP to the main unit.
2. Pull the tabs of the COVER TOP outward so that it comes free from the two protrusion of the main unit.
1. Release the lock on the right side of the FUSER UNIT. 3. Raise the COVER TOP to disengage the protrusion on the left side of the COVER TOP through the
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R to the main unit. hole in the main unit, and remove the COVER TOP.

Confidential
A D HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
2)-1
2)-2
2)-1
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
1)
5)
3)
4)
Kmy03064EA
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS.
2. Loosen the clamp attached to the SHIELD LVPS that secures the harness of the HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK.
3. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 16 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK to
5/22/2018 the main unit. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK from the main unit.

Confidential
1. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY USB from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
A D DRIVE ASSY MAIN 2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FUSER to the main unit.
Do not pull the BRACKET FUSER too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
harness.
3. Remove the BRACKET FUSER from the main unit.

4. Release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
3) 5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
2) 6. Release the guide pin of the DUCT DRV MAIN, slide the DUCT DRV MAIN to the rear side of the
printer, and remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
2)
7. Disconnect the following connectors: connector of the MAIN MOTOR (P/J211) inside the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, connector of the SUB MOTOR (P/J221), connector of the DEVE MOTOR (P/J222),
and connector of the EXIT CLUTCH (P/J2761).
8. Remove the clamp, which is attached to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, together with a harness.
The harness of the connector to be connected to the DEVE MOTOR should pass the far side
7) of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.
4)
7)
6)-1
7) 6)-2
7)
5)
8)-1 8)-1
8)-2 Kmy03058EA
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
A D SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
9)
10) 9)
2)
1)
3)
9)
9)
9)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
9)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN Kmy03059EA Kmy03035EA
9. Remove the six screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main 1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) to the
unit. main unit.
10.
http://slide pdf.c Remove
om/re the DRIVE
a de r/full/e pson-a ASSY MAIN
c ula se r-c from thermain
28003800-se unit.
vic e -ma nua l 2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) from the main unit. 287/458
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J193) on the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K).


Confidential
A D SENSOR ASSY CRU (C), (M), (Y) A CONNECTOR CRUM
1)-2
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C)

2)
1)-1
SENSOR ASSY CRU (M)
2)
1) SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)

3)
CONNECTOR CRUM
Kmy03036EB Kmy03034EB
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU to the main unit.  There are four CONNECTOR CRUMs and they can be removed in the same manner.

2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU from the main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector on the SENSOR ASSY CRU.
1. Slide the CONNECTOR CRUM toward right and release its groove from the main unit.
2. Disconnect the connector of the CONNECTOR CRUM and remove the CONNECTOR CRUM.

Confidential
B C FAN MAIN B C SHIELD ASSY ESS
3)
1)
2)
2)
5)
2)
4)
4) 1)
LABEL 1)
1)
1)
6) 7)
6)
1)
1)
Kmy03067EC 1)
FAN MAIN Kmy03073EC 1)
1)
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J503) of the FAN MAIN on the LVPS.  Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the FAN MAIN, and detach the harness. (e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you
3.om/re
http://slide pdf.c Release the harness
a de r/full/e from
pson-a ther-ctab
c ula se on the mainr vic
28003800-se unit.
e -ma nua l might have before removing/installing the board. 289/458
4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure both the DUCT FAN MAIN and the 1. Remove the nine screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY ESS E to the main unit.
FAN MAIN. 2. Remove the COVER ASSY ESS E together with the COVER OPTION from the main unit.
5. Remove the DUCT FAN MAIN together with the FAN MAIN.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure FAN MAIN to the DUCT FAN MAIN.
7. Remove the FAN MAIN from the DUCT FAN MAIN.
 Mind the correct orientation when installing the FAN MAIN. The label on the FAN
MAIN should be facing front.
 Pass the harness of the FAN MAIN through the cutout of the DUCT FAN MAIN.
NEXT>>

Confidential
7)
6) 8)
6)
7)
6)
7)
4)
7)
4)
3)
3)
SHIELD ASSY ESS
3) 5) 5)
Kmy03074EC
3. Disconnect all the connectors on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.

4. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness connected to CN501 connector on the BOARD ASSY,
MAIN.
5. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the ground wires of the HARNESS ASSY-
CON R and the HARNESS ASSY USB to the SHIELD ASSY ESS E.
5/22/2018
6. Loosen the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the right side of the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the
main unit.
7. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
8. Pulling out the harnesses through the hole in the SHIELD ASSY ESS E, remove the SHIELD ASSY
ESS from the main unit.

Confidential
Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated.
B LVPS (e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might
have before removing/installing the board.
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the LVPS and release the harnesses from the clamps.
2. Remove the clamps that secure the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK and that of the
3) (P501) 1) (P504) HARN ASSY INLET from the SHIELD LVPS.
3) 1)
2)-1
3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure
2)-2 (P44) (P503)
1) (P40) 1) the SHIELD LVPS to the main unit.
(P502) 4. Remove the SHIELD LVPS together with the LVPS from the main unit.
1)
2)-1  The SHIELD LVPS should be placed underneath the PLATE EARTH as shown in the
(P47) figure.
 Hold down the handle if the undersurface of the SHIELD LVPS interferes the handle of
the ROS ASSY.
(P48)
4)
3)
Handle (ROS ASSY)

3)
3)
Kmy03065EC
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
5)
5)
B ROS ASSY
5) 5)
5)
5)
LVPS
6)
1)
2)-2
Kmy03066EB 2)-1 Kmy03032EA
5. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the LVPS to the SHIELD LVPS. 1. Disconnect connector of the ROS ASSY (P/J12) on the PWBA MCU.
6. Remove the LVPS from the SHIELD LVPS. 2. Remove the CORE TC-18-10-10 from the harness of the ROS ASSY, and pull out the connector
through the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>

Confidential
3) 3) Handle
3) 3) C HVPS
4)
4)
ROS ASSY
5)
1)-2
1)-1
Kmy03042EA
Kmy03033EA
3. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the two SPRING ROSes to the main unit. Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated.
4. Remove the two SPRING ROSes from the main unit. (e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might
5. Hold the handle of the ROS ASSY, and pull it straight up to remove from the main unit.
1. Disconnect connector of the HVPS (P/J16) on the PWBA MCU, and pull out the connector through
the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>

Confidential
C LED ASSY
5)-2
4)-1 LED ASSY

5)-1
5)
3)
3)
4)-2
2) 2)
4) 3)
2)
4)-1 3) 1)
4)
3)
1)
4)
3)
HVPS Kmy03043EA
Kmy03041EA
2. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the two harnesses coming out of the HVPS.
Secure the red harness to the upper side and the white harness to the downside of the
HVPS. 1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DUCT SIDE L to the main unit.
2. Remove the DUCT SIDE L from the main unit.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the LED ASSY to the main unit.
3. Remove the five screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the HVPS to the main unit. 4. Release the two tabs on the LED ASSY and remove the LED ASSY from the main unit.
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J141) of the LED ASSY.
4. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the HVPS to the main unit.
5/22/2018 Insert the three screws (silver, 6 mm) into the holes circled in white. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
5. Release the upper side of the HVPS from the protrusion of the main unit, remove the HVPS, and pull
out the connectors coming out of the HVPS through the hole in the main unit.

Confidential
C HOUSING ASSY B
2)
1)
2) 7)
1)
6)
1)
1)
5)
6)
3)
4)
6) Kmy03040EA
Kmy03081EA
HOUSING ASSY B

The mid-connector should remain connected to the main unit. 4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SPRING ESA ROLL to the

HOUSING ASSY B.
5. Remove the SPRING ESA ROLL from both the HOUSING ASSY B and the main unit.
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 6. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the HOUSING ASSY B. 295/458
1. Release the connectors and the harnesses of the four MOTOR ASSY DISPs from the DUCT
HARNESS MOT, and disconnect the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISPs. 7. Remove the HOUSING ASSY B from the main unit.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the DUCT HARNESS MOT to the main unit.
5/22/2018 3. Slightly slide the DUCT HARNESS MOT upward, release the protrusion of the DUCT
EPSONHARNESS
MOT from the main unit, pull out the four connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP through the holes
in the DUCT HARNESS MOT, and remove the DUCT HARNESS MOT.
NEXT>>

Confidential
D SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE
1)-2
1)-1
1)-3 SENSOR PHOTO:

TONER CARTRIDGE
Kmy03037EA


There are four SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the
same manner.
1. While holding down the ACTUATOR SENSOR CRU, release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR
PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE to the BRACKET SENSOR CRU, and remove the SENSOR
PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE.

Confidential
4.4.15 FUSER & EXIT (PART 1)

FUSER UNIT
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT A

FUSER UNIT
B
CHUTE DUP GATE C
LOCATION
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT

CHUTE DUP GATE

Confidential
A B C COVER ASSY FRONT

A CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
2)
1) -2
1) -1
1)
1)
Kmy03045EA
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT. 1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
OUT to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT from the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
B FUSER UNIT
C CHUTE DUP GATE
3)
FUSER UNIT CHUTE DUP GATE
2)
2)
2)
1)-2
1)
1)-1
Kmy03046EA
Kmy03047EA
Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high t emperature after Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high temperature after
turning the power off. turning the power off.
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE.

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE to 45° and pull out the guide pin on the right side of the CHUTE DUP 299/458
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the GATE from the main unit.
arrow, and unlock the lock. 2. Pull out the guide pin on the left side of the CHUTE DUP GATE from the main unit, and remove the
3. Slide the FUSER UNIT toward front of the printer, release the connector and the guide pin from the CHUTE DUP GATE.

Confidential
4.4.16 FRAME (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
j

Name Guide
GUIDE TRAY R 550 A

SWITCH ASSY SIZE
B
GUIDE ASSY L 550 C
GUIDE TRAY R 550
SWITCH ASSY SIZE

Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
GUIDE ASSY L 550

Confidential
A C COVER CST 550

COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1
2)-2
2)-1
Kmy03004EA
COVER CST 550
1. Pull the COVER CST 550 toward you as far as it will go. 1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
CST 550 from the main unit.

Confidential
A B C IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)

IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) A B C COVER REAR
1) 1)
1)
1)
1)
2) Kmy03003EA
Kmy03044EA

 There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner. 1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit.

fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
A B COVER SIDE IF
A B COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF 3)
4)-1
1)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)
Kmy03008EA
Kmy03005EA

5/22/2018 remove the COVER SIDE R from the main unit.

Confidential
A B SWITCH ASSY SIZE

A GUIDE TRAY R 550
2)-2
1)
5)
2)
2)-1
4)
3) 1)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE Kmy03055EB Kmy03053EB
1. Loosen the clamp attached to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE and release the harness. 1. Remove
main unit.the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J231) of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the main unit. 2. While pressing the guide pin on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, slide the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the front
side of the printer, and release the 12 tabs on the GUIDE TRAY R 550 from the main unit.
4. Disengage the two bosses on the SWITCH ASSY SIZE and the protrusion on the bottom from the
SWITCH
http://slide pdf.c om/re ASSY
a de r/full/e SIZE.
pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 305/458
5. Remove the clamp from the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.

NEXT>>

Confidential
C COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE L
1)
4)-1
4)-1
GUIDE TRAY R 550 2)
3)
3)
4)-1
2)
3)
Kmy03054EB
4)-2 4)-1
2) Kmy03006EA
3. Remove the GUIDE TRAY R 550 from the rear side of the main unit by laying the GUIDE TRAY R
550 inward. As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l 2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE L to the main unit. 306/458

Confidential
C GUIDE ASSY L 550
2)-2
GUIDE ASSY L 550
3)
Kmy03057EB
2)-1 1)
Kmy03056EB
3. Remove the GUIDE ASSY L 550 from the rear side of the main unit by laying the GUIDE ASSY L
1. Remove
main unit.the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY L 550 to the 550 inward.
2. While pressing the guide pin on the GUIDE ASSY L 550, slide the GUIDE ASSY L 550 to the front
side of the printer, and release the nine tabs on the GUIDE ASSY L 550 from the main unit.
NEXT>>

Confidential
4.4.17 FRAME (PART 2) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR
Name Guide
HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR A

LINK L
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L B

LEVER RELEASE
LINK R
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R C

LEVER RELEASE

Confidential
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
LEVER
RELEASE A B C COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
LINK L
1) -2
1) -1
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R
LEVER RELEASE
LINK R 1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential
A FUSER UNIT
A HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR
HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR

3) 1)
FUSER UNIT
2)
2)
2)
1)
Kmy03046EA
Kmy03048EA

Be careful
turning thenot to burn
power off. yourself as the FUSER section remains at high t emperature after  HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR on the other side can be removed in the same manner.
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE. 1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the HOLDER ASSY WHEEL
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow, STAR to the main unit.
and unlock the lock. 2. Remove the HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR from the main unit.

Confidential

B C IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) B C COVER REAR
COVER REAR
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1) 1)
1)
1)
1)

There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner. 1.
2. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit.

Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit.

fluorescent lamp.
5/22/2018 IMAGING CARTRIDGE by pulling it out slowly toward you. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

Confidential
LINK L
B COVER SIDE L
B KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
LEVER RELEASE
COVER SIDE L 1)
4)-1
4)-1
2)
2)
3) 2) 3)
4)-1
2)
2)
3) 1)-1
1)-3
4)-2 4)-1
2) Kmy03006EA Kmy03049EA
1)-2
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 1. Release the tab on the SHAFT PIVOT that secures the LINK L to the COVER ASSY FRONT, pull
careful not to burn yourself. out the SHAFT PIVOT, and remove the LINK L from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the SUPPORT LINK L to the main unit.
3. Remove the SUPPORT LINK L from the main unit.
NEXT>>

Confidential
(Black) C COVER SIDE IF
6)
7)
COVER SIDE IF
1)-1
4) 1)-2
LEVER 5)
RELEASE
KIT HOLDER
ASSY
DAMPER L 1)-1
LINK L
Kmy03050EB
Kmy03008EA
4. Remove the LEVER RELEASE from the main unit. 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the LEVER RELEASE.

 Install the LEVER RELEASE in reference to the illustration.
5. Remove the LINK L from the main unit.

6. Remove the SPRING SUPPORT from the main unit.

7. Remove the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L from the main unit.

When installing the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L and the KIT HOLDER ASSY
DAMPER R, be careful not to mix them up. KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L is black and
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R is yellow.

Confidential
LINK R
C COVER SIDE R
C KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
LEVER RELEASE
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
4)-1
2)
3) 2)
3) 2)
2)
4)-1
3) 1)-3
2)
1)-1
4)-1
4)-2
2) 1)-2
Kmy03051EA
Kmy03005EA
1. Release the tab on the SHAFT PIVOT that secures the LINK R to the COVER ASSY FRONT, pull
As the FUSER
careful UNIT
not to burn remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be
yourself. out the SHAFT PIVOT, and remove the LINK R from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the SUPPORT LINK R to the main unit.
3. Remove the SUPPORT LINK R from the main unit.
NEXT>>

Confidential
KIT HOLDER
ASSY DA MPER R
6)
(Yellow)
7)
5)
4)
LEVER
RELEASE
LINK R Kmy03052EB
4. Remove the LEVER RELEASE from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the LEVER RELEASE.

 Install the LEVER RELEASE in reference to the illustration.
5. Remove the LINK R from the main unit.

6. Remove the SPRING SUPPORT from the main unit.
7. Remove the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R from the main unit.
5/22/2018 When installing the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L and the KIT HOLDER ASSY
DAMPER R, be careful not to mix them up. KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L is black and
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R is yellow.

Confidential
4.4.18 DRIVE LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
KIT MOT ASSY PH
Name Guide
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH KIT GEAR ASSY PH

A
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY MAIN B

DRIVE ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY MAIN

Confidential
A CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT

A B COVER ASSY FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1

Confidential

B FUSER UNIT
A B IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
3)
FUSER UNIT
2) IMAGING CARTRIDGE
2)
1)
1)
Kmy03046EA
Kmy03044EA
Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high t emperature after  There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in he same manner.

turning the power off.
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE. Do not place the IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow, fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
A B COVER REAR
B COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE L 1)
COVER REAR
4)-1
4)-1
2)
1)
3)
1) 4)-1
2)
3)
1) 4)-2 4)-1
1) 2) Kmy03006EA
2) Kmy03003EA


Confidential
A B COVER SIDE IF
A B COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF 3)
4)-1
1)-1 3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)


Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
A KIT MOT ASSY PH

KIT GEAR ASSY PH
Gap
Ground Wire
main unit
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
Gap COVER (Black)
7)
Attach to
GEAR MSI
6)
1) 3)
5)
2)-1 4)
2)-2
A
Kmy03094EA
Kmy03019EA
DUCT DRV PH.
 Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to c heck if the harnesses routed through the
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to c heck if the harnesses routed through the
damaged, replace them with new ones.
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
11)
10) 9)
8)-2
DRIVE ASSY PH 9)
8)-1 9)
Kmy03061EB
Kmy03060EB 9)
routed as shown in figure-B.
far side of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH. 322/458
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
12) KIT MOT ASSY PH
B COVER TOP
1)
13) 1)
12) COVER TOP
1)
1)
2)
12)
3)-1
2)
1)
3)-2
12. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the KIT MOT ASSY PH to the KIT GEAR 1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping,
ASSY PH. 10 mm) that secure the COVER TOP to the main unit.
13. Remove the KIT MOT ASSY PH from the KIT GEAR ASSY PH. 2. Pull the tabs of the COVER TOP outward so that it comes free from the two protrusion of the main unit.
3. Raise the COVER TOP to disengage the protrusion on the left side of the COVER TOP through the
hole in the main unit, and remove the COVER TOP.

Confidential
B HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK

B DRIVE ASSY MAIN
2)-1
3)
2)-2 2)
2)
2)-1
HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK 7) 4)
1) 7)
6)-1
7) 6)-2
5)
8)-1 8)-1
3) 7) 5)
4)
8)-2
Kmy03064EA
Kmy03058EA
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS. 1. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY USB from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
2. Loosen the clamp attached to the SHIELD LVPS that secures the harness of the HARNESS ASSY 2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FUSER to the main unit.
INTERLOCK.
3. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK from the DUCT DRV MAIN. Do not pull the BRACKET FUSER too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
harness.
4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 16 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK to
the main unit.
3. Remove the BRACKET FUSER from the main unit.
4. Release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
NEXT>>

Confidential
9)
10) 9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN Kmy03059EA
6. Release the guide pin of the DUCT DRV MAIN, slide the DUCT DRV MAIN to the rear side of the
printer, and remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
7. Disconnect the following connectors: connector of the MAIN MOTOR (P/J211) inside the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, connector of the SUB MOTOR (P/J221), connector of the DEVE MOTOR (P /J222),
and connector of the EXIT CLUTCH (P/J2761).
8. Remove the clamp, which is attached to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, together with a harness.
The harness of the connector to be c onnected to the DEVE MOTOR should pass the far side
of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.

5/22/2018
9. Remove the six screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
10. Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the main unit.

Confidential
4.4.19 ELECTRICAL (PART 1) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK

Name Guide
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK A
FAN MAIN
B
LVPS
HARNESS ASSY INLET C
FAN MAIN

Confidential
LVPS
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH
1) -2
1) -1
HARNESS ASSY INLET
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.

Confidential

A B C FUSER UNIT
3)
FUSER UNIT
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
2)
2) 1)
1)
Kmy03046EA
Kmy03044EA
Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high t emperature after  There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner.
turning the power off. 
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE. Do not place the IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow, fluorescent lamp.
main
http://slide pdf.c om/re unit,
a de andpson-a
r/full/e remove theseFUSER
c ula UNIT byr lifting
r-c 28003800-se it nua
vic e -ma straight
l up. 328/458

Confidential
A B C COVER REAR
A B C COVER SIDE L
1)
COVER REAR COVER SIDE L
4)-1
4)-1
2)
1)
3)
1) 4)-1
2)
3)
1) 4)-1
4)-2
1) 2) Kmy03006EA
2) Kmy03003EA

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l remove the COVER SIDE L from the main unit. 329/458

Confidential
A B C COVER SIDE IF
A B C COVER SIDE R
1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
1)-1
4)-1
2)
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF 3)
4)-1
1)-1 3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)

http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l remove the COVER SIDE R from the main unit. 330/458

Confidential
A B C COVER TOP
A HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
1)
1) COVER TOP 2)-1
2)-2
1)
1)
2) 2)-1
HARNESS ASSY
3)-1
INTERLOCK
2)
1)
1)
3)-2
5)
3)
4)
Kmy03064EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS.
10 mm) that secure the COVER TOP to the main unit. 2. Loosen the clamp attached to the SHIELD LVPS that secures the harness of the HARNESS ASSY
2. Pull the tabs of the COVER TOP outward so that it comes free from the two protrusion of the main unit. INTERLOCK.
3. Raise the COVER TOP to disengage the protrusion on the left side of the COVER TOP through the 3. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
hole in the main unit, and remove the COVER TOP. 4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 16 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK to
the main unit.

Confidential
B FAN MAIN
3)
1)
2)
2)
5)
4)
4)
LABEL
6) 7)
6)
Kmy03067EC
FAN MAIN
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J503) of the FAN MAIN on the LVPS.

2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the FAN MAIN, and detach the harness.
3. Release the harness of the FAN MAIN from the tab on the main unit.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure both the DUCT FAN MAIN and the
FAN MAIN.
5. Remove the DUCT FAN MAIN together with the FAN MAIN.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure FAN MAIN to the DUCT FAN
MAIN.
7. Remove the FAN MAIN from the DUCT FAN MAIN.
 Mind the correct orientation when installing the FAN MAIN. The label on the FAN
5/22/2018
MAIN should be facing front. EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
 Pass the harness of the FAN MAIN through the cutout of the DUCT FAN MAIN.

Confidential
LVPS (e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might
B 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the LVPS and release the harnesses from the clamps.
2. Remove the clamps that secure the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK and that of the
3) (P501) 1) (P504) HARN ASSY INLET from the SHIELD LVPS.
3) 1)
2)-1
3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure
2)-2 (P44) (P503)
1) (P40) 1) the SHIELD LVPS to the main unit.
(P502) 4. Remove the SHIELD LVPS together with the LVPS from the main unit.
1)
2)-1
 The SHIELD LVPS should be placed underneath the PLATE EARTH as shown in the
(P47) figure.
 Hold down the handle if the undersurface of the SHIELD LVPS interferes the handle of
the ROS ASSY.
(P48)
4)
3)
Handle (ROS ASSY)
3)
3)
Kmy03065EC
NEXT>> NEXT>>

Confidential
5)
5)
5) 5)
5)
5)
LVPS
6)
Kmy03066EB
5. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the LVPS to the SHIELD LVPS.
6. Remove the LVPS from the SHIELD LVPS.

Confidential
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J48) of the HARNESS ASSY INLET on the LVPS.
HARNESS ASSY INLET 2. Disconnect the connector (P/J481) connected to the SWITCH POWER.
C 3. Remove the screw (silver, external tooth washer, 6 mm) that secures the ground terminal of the
HARNESS ASSY INLET to the main unit.
4. Disengage the five cable ties that secure the HARNESS ASSY INLET to the main unit.
4) Attach the cable ties t o the holes with triangular marks.
5. Release the HARNESS ASSY INLET from the three EDGE SADDLEs and the two clamps.
1)
HARNESS Pass the ground wire (green) of the HARNESS ASSY INLET through the clamp attached
ASSY INL ET 5) to the SWITCDH ASSY SIZE.
4) Be careful not to damage the frame or other parts when cutting the cable tie.
2)
6. Cut the cable tie attached to the tab in the AC inlet section with a nipper or a similar tool.
4) 7. Release the tab in the AC inlet section and remove the HARNESS ASSY INLET from the main unit.
4) 3)
4)
5)
5)
Kmy03095EA
NEXT>>

Confidential
4.4.20 ELECTRICAL (PART 2)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS SWITCH POWER

PWBA USB
Name Guide
PWBA EEPROM XPRO A
PWBA USB
B
SWITCH POWER C
BOARD ASSY, MAIN D
LOCATION
PWBA EEPROM XPRO
5/22/2018 BOARD ASSY, MAIN

Confidential

COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D A B C D IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)

COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1)
1) -2
1) -1
Kmy03044EA


fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
COVER REAR COVER SIDE IF
A B C D A B C D
COVER REAR
1)-1
1) 1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
1)
1)-1
1)
1)
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit. 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.

Confidential
COVER SIDE R PWBA EEPROM XPRO (XPRO)
A B C D A
1)
COVER SIDE R
3)
PWBA EEPROM
XPRO (XPRO) 2)
4)-1
4)-1 1)
2)
3)
4)-1
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2
2)
Kmy03062EB
Kmy03005EA
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J274) of the PWBA EEPROM XPRO.
careful not to burn yourself. 2. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PWBA EEPROM XPRO.
3. Remove the PWBA EEPROM XPRO from the main unit.
1. Release the lock on the right side of the FUSER UNIT.  When the printer is turned on for the first time after the PWBA EEPROM XPRO is
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R to the main unit. replaced, the information unique to each printer is automatically saved into a memory
3. Pull the COVER SIDE R so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit. on the new board. Due t o this reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and
the board can no longer be used in other printer. Do not reuse the board once used in
another printer unit.
 Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU at a time.

Confidential
PWBA USB SWITCH POWER
B C
PWBA USB
1)
SWITCH POWER
1)
2)-2
2)
3) 2)-1
2)
2)-1
Kmy03070EB
Kmy03063EA
1. Disconnect the connector (CN2) of the PWBA USB. 1. Disconnect connector (P/J481) of the SWITCH POWER.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA USB to the main unit. 2. Release the tabs of the SWITCH POWER and remove the SWITCH POWER from the main unit.
3. Remove the PWBA USB from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the SWITCH POWER.
 Match the ON/OFF of the SWITCH POWER with that engraved on the BRACKET SW
E surface.

Confidential
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
7)
6)
7) 8)
5)
8) 8) 8)
2)
8)
1) 4) 8)
1) 5)
1)
8) 8)
1)
8) 8)
8)
5)
1) 8) 7)
1) 5)
1) BOARD ASSY,
Kmy03071EB 1) MAIN
9)
1) Kmy03072EB
Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated. 4. Remove the screw that secures the USB connector of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
(e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might 5. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY IF E to the main unit.
have before removing/installing the board. 6. Remove the SHIELD ASSY IF E from the main unit.
1. Remove the nine screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY ESS E to the main unit. 7. Disconnect all the connectors on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
2. Remove the COVER ASSY ESS E together with the COVER OPTION from the main unit. 8. Remove the 12 screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the BOARD ASSY, MAIN to the main unit.
3. Remove any optional boards inserted into the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. 9. Remove the BOARD ASSY, MAIN from the main unit.
5/22/2018 NEXT>> EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

Confidential
4.4.21 ELECTRICAL (PART 3)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Name Guide
SHIELD ASSY ESS
A
SENSOR HUM
PWBA MCU B
LOCATION SENSOR HUM
SHIELD ASSY ESS PWBA MCU

Confidential

COVER ASSY FRONT
A B A B IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)

COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH IMAGING CARTRIDGE
1)
1) -2
1) -1
Kmy03044EA


fluorescent lamp.

Confidential
COVER REAR COVER SIDE IF
A B A B
COVER REAR
1)-1
1) 1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
1)
1)-1
1)
1)
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit. 1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.

Confidential
COVER SIDE R COVER SIDE L
A B A B
1) COVER SIDE L 1)
COVER SIDE R
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1 2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1 2)
3)
3) 2)
4)-1
4)-2 4)-1
4)-2
2) 2) Kmy03006EA
Kmy03005EA
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be
careful not to burn yourself. careful not to burn yourself.
1. Release the lock on the right side of the FUSER UNIT. 1. Release the lock on the left side of the FUSER UNIT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R to the main unit. 2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE L to the main unit.
3. Pull the COVER SIDE R so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit. 3. Pull the COVER SIDE L so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE R, and 4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE L, and
remove the COVER SIDE R from the main unit. remove the COVER SIDE L from the main unit.

Confidential
SHIELD ASSY ESS
A B
7)
6) 8)
6)
7)
6)
7)
2) 4)
7)
4)
1)
3)
1)
1) 3)
SHIELD ASSY ESS

1)
1)
1)
1) 3) 5) 5)
Kmy03073EC 1)
1) Kmy03074EC
Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated. 3. Disconnect all the connectors on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
(e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might 4. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness connected to CN501 and CN601 connector on the BOARD
have before removing/installing the board. ASSY, MAIN.
5. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the ground wires of the HARNESS ASSY-
1. Remove the nine screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY ESS E to the main unit.
CON R and the HARNESS ASSY USB to the SHIELD ASSY ESS E.
2. Remove the COVER ASSY ESS E together with the COVER OPTION from the main unit.
6. Loosen the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the right side of the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the
main unit.
7. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
8. Pulling out the harnesses through the hole in the SHIELD ASSY ESS E, remove the SHIELD ASSY
ESS from the main unit.
5/22/2018
NEXT>>

Confidential
SENSOR HUM PWBA MCU
A B
1) (P12)
(P16)
(P17)
1)-1 2) (P14)
SENSOR HUM (P19)
2) (P11)
(P15)
1)-2 (P10)
(P18)
2)
(P22)
2) (P21)
2) 3)
Kmy03068EC
(P25) (P101)
2) (P23)
2) (P24)(P31)
(P26)
PWBA MCU (P27)
Kmy03069EC
(e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might
1. Release the tab on the SPACER, and remove the SENSOR HUM from the main unit.
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J261) of the SENSOR HUM. 2. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the main unit.
3. Remove the PWBA MCU from the main unit.
 When the printer is turned on for the first time after the P WBA MCU is replaced, the
information unique to each printer is automatically saved into a memory on t he new
board. Due to this reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and the board
can no longer be used in other printer. To use the PWBA MCU into which specific
information is already written in other printer, execute “MCU Initialize” with reference
to “5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program” (p.387).
 When replacing the PWBA MCU, verify that the version of firmware on new PWBA 347/458
MCU matches the version of the previous PWBA MCU. If not, be sure to make them
match each other by either upgrading or downgrading the firmware.
 Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU at a time.

Confidential
4.4.22 DUPLEX LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS FEEDER ASSY DUP

Name Guide
FEEDER ASSY DUP
COVER PWBA DUP
A
ACTUATOR DUP
SENSOR PHOTO: DUP, JAM
PWBA DUP-H
B COVER PWBA DUP
CLUTCH DUP
C
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
FAN DUP
D FAN DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
MOTOR ASSY DUP E

ROLL ASSY DUP-2 MOTOR ASSY DUP


Confidential
ACTUATOR DUP
CLUTCH DUP
SENSOR PHOTO: DUP, JAM

ROLL ASSY DUP-1
PWBA DUP-H

Confidential
A C D COVER ASSY FRONT A C D TRANSFER UNIT
B E B E
COVER ASSY FRONT
LATCH 1)-1
1) -2 1)-1
1) -1
1)-2
Kmy03030EA
NEXT>>

Confidential
A B C D E FEEDER ASSY DUP
2)-2 2)
TRANSFER UNIT
FEEDER ASSY DUP
1)-2
1)-1
2)-1
Kmy03031EA
Kmy03075EA
2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER 1. Pull the lever of the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and raise the FEEDER ASSY DUP straight up.
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the TRANSFER UNIT. 2. Pull
COVERout the two FRONT,
ASSY guide pins onremove
and the down
theside of the FEEDER
FEEDER ASSY DUP through the hole on the
ASSY DUP.

Confidential
A B C D E COVER PWBA DUP A ACTUATOR DUP
COVER PWBA DUP 1)-2

2)
3)
FEEDER ASSY DUP
1)
3)
1)-1 1)
1)
1)-1
1)
4)
1)-1
1)-1
Kmy03222EA
Kmy03225EA
1. Release the four tabs that secure the COVER PWBA DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove 1. Release the four tabs that secure the HOLDER SENSOR DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and
the COVER PWBA DUP. remove the HOLDER SENSOR DUP.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J4301) of the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP/JAM.
3. Expand the left and right edges of the HOLDER SENSOR DUP, pull out the shaft of the
ACTUATOR DUP, and remove the ACTUATOR DUP together with the SPRING SENSOR DUP.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING SENSOR DUP on the ACTUATOR DUP and the HOLDER
SENSOR DUP.
4. Remove the SPRING SENSOR DUP from the ACTUATOR DUP.


Confidential
A SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JAM B PWBA DUP-H
1)-1 1)
PWBA DUP-H
(P429) (P427)
(P428) (P430)
(P431)
2)
2)
SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JA M
1)-2
Kmy03223EA Ground Wire Kmy03224EA
1. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JAM to the HOLDER SENSOR DUP, 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA DUP-H. (P/J427, P/J428, P/J429, P/J430, P/J431)
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JAM.
2. Remove the two
ASSY DUP, and screws
remove(silver,
the PWBAself-tapping,
DUP-H. 8 mm) that secure the PWBA DUP-H to the FEEDER

Confidential
C CLUTCH DUP C ROLL ASSY DUP-1
1) (J431) 2)
CLUTCH DUP
2)
6) 7)
5)
4)
1)
3) 3)
3)
2) Kmy03228EA
3) Kmy03227EA
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J431) of the CLUTCH DUP on the PWBA DUP-H. 1. Remove the SPRING DUP from the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP.
2. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, 2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP to
and release the harness from the groove. the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP together with the WASHER
3. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the GEAR ASSY to the DUP CLUTCH.
BRACKET CLUTCH DUP. 3. Remove the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
Be careful not to drop t he BEARING.
4. Remove the GEAR ASSY from the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP.

5. Remove the BEARING from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
6. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH DUP to the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
7. Remove the CLUTCH DUP while pulling out the harness of the CLUTCH DUP from the hole on the
side of the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
NEXT>>

Confidential
D FAN DUP
ROLL A SSY DUP-1
6) 4) 1) 3) 2)(J427)
6)
8)
5)
7)
Label Side
5)
6)
6)
7) 4)
7)
Kmy03229EA
4) Kmy03226EB FAN DUP
1. Release the four tabs that secure the COVER HARNESS CHUTE, and remove the COVER
HARNESS CHUTE.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J427) of the FAN DUP on the PWBA DUP-H.
4. Release the two tabs of the FRANGE PULLEY UP with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and 3. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the FAN DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and
remove the FRANGE PULLEY UP from the PULLEY DUP. remove the harness.
5. Remove the BELT DUP from the PULLEY DUP. 4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FAN DUP to the
6. Release the tab, and remove the PULLEY DUP from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1. FEEDER ASSY DUP.
7. Remove the BEARING DUPs that secure the left and right ends of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1 by 5. Remove the BRACKET FAN DUP together with the FAN DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
rotating them in the direction of the arrow. 6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER HARNESS FAN to the
8. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY DUP-1 toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY BRACKET FAN DUP, release the harness, and remove the COVER HARNESS FAN.
DUP-1 from the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the ROLL ASSY DUP-1. 7. Release the four tabs that secure the FAN DUP to the BRACKET FAN DUP, and remove the FAN
DUP.
Install the FAN DUP so that its label is facing the FEEDER ASSY DUP.

Confidential
D E MOTOR ASSY DUP D ROLL ASSY DUP-2
5) 3)
1)
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
MOTOR ASSY DUP

7)
4)
2) 6)
3)-2 4)
4) Ground Wire 1)
2) (J429)
1)
1)
Kmy03231EB
3)-1 6) Kmy03230EA
1. Loosen the three clamps to remove the harness of the MOTOR ASSY DUP. 1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET MOTOR DUP to
2. Release connector (P/J429) from the mid-connector that is connected to the MOTOR ASSY DUP. the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the BRACKET MOTOR DUP.
3. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, 6 mm) that secures the COVER DRIVE DUP to the BRACKET 2. Release the tab and remove the GEAR DUP from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.
MOTOR DUP, release the tab, and remove the COVER DRIVE DUP. 3. Release the two tabs of the FRANGE PULLEY UP with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and
4. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 6 mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the remove the FRANGE PULLEY UP from the PULLEY DUP.
BRACKET MOTOR DUP together with the ground wire, and remove both the MOTOR ASSY DUP 4. Remove the BELT DUP from the PULLEY DUP.
and the PLATE EARTH DUP. 5. Release the tab and remove the PULLEY DUP from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.
6. Remove the BEARING DUPs that secure the left and right ends of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2 by
rotating them in the direction of the arrow.
7. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY DUP-2 toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
DUP-2 from the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.

Confidential
4.4.23 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
A
GUIDE TRAY R 550
550 OPTION FEEDER B

GUIDE ASSY 550 L C
550 OPTION FEEDER

LOCATION
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
GUIDE ASSY 550 L GUIDE TRAY R 550


Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT A C COVER CST 550
COVER CST 550
2)-2
2)-1
Kmy03004EA
1. Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT out. 1. Pull the COVER CST 550 toward you as far as it will go.
CST 550 from the main unit.

Confidential
A C CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT A C COVER CST 550 (OPT)
2)-2
2)-1
CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT

Kmy03077EA
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT. 1. Pull the COVER CST 550 (OPT) toward you as far as it will go.
2. With the center of the COVER CST 550 (OPT) bowed a little, release the two tabs, and remove the
COVER CST 550 (OPT) from the 550 OPTION FEEDER.

Confidential
A COVER RIGHT A SWITCH ASSY SIZE
1) (J4211)
2)
2)
1)
1)
3) 4)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE

1)
COVER RIGHT
1) Kmy03236EA
Kmy03235EA
1. Remove the four screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT to the FRAME 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4211) that is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
ASSY OPT. 2. Remove the clamp, which is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, together with the harness.
2. Pull the protrusion of the COVER RIGHT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, 3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the GUIDE
and remove the COVER RIGHT. TRAY R 550.
4. Pull out the guide pin on the bottom of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE from the square holes on the
GUIDE TRAY R 550, pull out the two guide pins from the hole on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, and
remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.

Confidential
A GUIDE TRAY R 550 B 550 OPTION FEEDER
1)
1)
1)
2)
550 OPTION FEEDER

GUIDE TRAY R 550
Kmy03239EB Kmy03076EA
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the FRAME 1. Remove the two SCREW JOINTs that secure 550 OPTION FEEDER to the main unit.
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the tab that secure the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the FRAME ASSY OPT, slide the GUIDE As this printer is heavy, it must be lifted horizontally by two or more people.
TRAY R 550 toward front to release the 12 tabs, and remove the GUIDE TRAY R 550 by laying it
inward.
2. Lift up the main unit and remove the 550 OPTION FEEDER.

Confidential
C COVER LEFT C GUIDE ASSY 550 L
3) 2)
1)
1)
2)-1
2)-2
1)
2)-3
GUIDE ASSY 550 L
COVER LEFT 2)-4

Kmy03232EA Kmy03240EB
1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME 1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY 550 L to the FRAME
ASSY OPT. ASSY OPT.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME ASSY OPT. 2. Release the tab that secures the GUIDE ASSY 550 L to the FRAME ASSY OPT, temporarily move
3. Pull the protrusion of the COVER LEFT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, and the GUIDE ASSY 550 L toward front to release the nine tabs, and remove the GUIDE ASSY 550 L
remove the COVER LEFT. by laying it down inward.

Confidential
4.4.24 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 2)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT
Name Guide
COVER LEFT
FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT A

ROLL ASSY TURN
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER B

SENSOR PHOTO:
ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 ROLL ASSY TURN CST NO PAPER
C
LOCATION
COVER LEFT
ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
Confidential
A B C CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT A B C COVER LEFT
3) 2)
1)
1)
COVER LEFT Kmy03232EA
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT. 1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Pull the protrusion of the COVER LEFT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, and
remove the COVER LEFT.
Confidential
A B C COVER RIGHT A B C CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
2) CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
3)
4)
1)
2)
1)
1) (J4201)
2)
2)
1)
COVER RIGHT
1) Kmy03235EA Kmy03233EB
1. Remove the four screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT to the FRAME 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4201) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT.
ASSY OPT. 2. Loosen the three clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT, and remove the
2. Pull the protrusion of the COVER RIGHT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, harness.
and remove the COVER RIGHT. 3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT to the ROLL ASSY TURN.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT from the ROLL ASSY TURN.
Confidential
A B C CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT A B C FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT
CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT
2) 2)
2) 2)
3) 3)
3)
1) (J4212)
4)
1) (J4213)
2)
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4213) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT. 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4212) on the harness connected to the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT, and
2. Loosen the clamp that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT, and remove the pull out the connector through the hole in the FRAME ASSY OPT.
harness. 2. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT to
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT to the SHAFT FEED OPT. the FRAME ASSY OPT.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT from the SHAFT FEED OPT. 3. Release the two tabs that secure the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT to the FRAME ASSY OPT, and
release the two guide pins from the hole in the FRAME ASSY OPT.
NEXT>> 366/458
5/22/2018
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly
367
Confidential
FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT

A ROLL ASSY TURN
4)-2
4)-2 ROLL A SSY TURN
4)
1)
2) (White)
3) (Black)
4)-1
4)-1 1)
Kmy03243EA
Kmy03242EA
4. Release the protrusions on the left and right ends of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT from the 1. Remove the two E-rings that secure the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
FRAME ASSY OPT, and remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT. 2. Remove the BEARING REGI (white) that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3. Remove the BEARING REGI E (black) that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
Install the white BEARING on the right and the black BEARING on the left as shown in the
figure.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY TURN toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
TURN from the CHUTE FDR OPT, and remove the ROLL ASSY TURN.
5/22/2018 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly
EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om 368
Confidential
B SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER C ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
3) ACTUA TOR NO PAPER A 4

2) 2)
1)-1
4) (J42121)
1)-2
HOLDER NO
SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER
Tab PAPER L A4
1)-2
1)-1
ACTUATOR
NO PAPER A4
Stopper
Kmy03245EA
Kmy03244EB
1. Loosen the HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER wrapped around the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT, and 1. While holding down the circular tab that secures the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 to the SUPPORT
pull the harness toward the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER. NUDGER ASSY, disengage the three tabs, and remove the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 by sliding it
2. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER NO SNR to the FEEDER ASSY UNIT sideways.
OPT, and remove the HOLDER NO SNR.
The stopper of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 should be placed underneath the
3. Release the three tabs that secure SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO SNR,
HOLDER NO PAPER L A4.
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J42121) of the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
2. Pull out the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 from the hole of the HOLDER NO PAPER R
A4, and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4.
Confidential
4.4.25 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 3) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS

Name Guide
COVER RIGHT
CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT A

DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
COVER RIGHT
CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT B
SWITCH ASSY SIZE C
CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
PWBA FEED-H D
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Confidential
A B C D CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT.
PWBA FEED-H
5/22/2018
371
Confidential
A B C D COVER RIGHT A CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
2) CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
3)
1)
4)
2)
1)
1) (J4201)
2)
2)
1)
COVER RIGHT
1) Kmy03235EA Kmy03233EB
1. Remove the four screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT to the FRAME 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4201) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT.
ASSY OPT. 2. Loosen the three clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT, and remove the
2. Pull the protrusion of the COVER RIGHT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, harness.
and remove the COVER RIGHT. 3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT to the ROLL ASSY TURN.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT from the ROLL ASSY TURN.
5/22/2018
372
Confidential
A B CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT A DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
3)
3)
1) (J4222)
1) (J4221)
3)
3)
3)
2)
4) 3)
1) (J4213)
2)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Kmy03234EA
Kmy03238EB
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4213) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT. 1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J4221 and P/J4222) connected to the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT, and remove the 2. Loosen the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR and remove the harness that is connected to the
harness. DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR.
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT to the SHAFT FEED OPT. 3. Remove the five screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR to the FRAME
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT from the SHAFT FEED OPT. ASSY OPT.
4. Remove the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR from the FRAME ASSY OPT.
Make sure that the positioning frame located in the front and in the rear of the DRIVE
ASSY OPT FDR is securely inserted into the square hole of the FRAME ASSY OPT.
Confidential
C SWITCH ASSY SIZE D PWBA FEED-H
1) (J4211)
(P/J421) 1)
(P/J422)
(P/J420)
2)
(P/J419)
PWBA FEED-H 3)
2)
3) 4)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE 2)

2)
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4211) that is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE. 1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA FEED-H. (P/J419, P/J420, P/J421, P/J422)
2. Remove the clamp, which is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, together with the harness. 2. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA FEED-H to the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the GUIDE 3. Remove the PWBA FEED-H from the FRAME ASSY OPT.
TRAY R 550.
4. Pull out the guide pin on the bottom of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE from the square holes on the
GUIDE TRAY R 550, pull out the two guide pins from the hole on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, and
remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
Confidential
4.4.26 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 4) LOCATION
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Name Guide
GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4
GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 A

PLATE ASSY BTM A4
HANDLE CST 550 OPT B

PLATE ASSY BTM A4
GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 C
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER) D

KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD) E
HANDLE CST 550 OPT

Confidential
A B C D E CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT.
ROLL ASSY FEED (FEED, NUDGER)
Confidential

A GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4
GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4

1)-1
5) GUIDE ASSY SIDE R

4)
3)-2
3)-1
1)-2
:Tab 6) GUIDE ASSY SIDE L
2)
Kmy03250EA
Kmy03249EA
1. Release the tabs that secure the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the 3. Pinch the tab of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4
GEAR PINION. inward.
Move both the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and t he GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward 4. Move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward.
as far as it will go and match their phases.
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
2. Slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4. HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4.
6. While holding down the two tabs that secure the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 to the HOUSING
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4.
NEXT>>
5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om Confidential
A PLATE ASSY BTM A4

PLATE ASSY BTM A4
4)-1
3)-1
4)-3
4)-2
3)-2
2) 5)
5)
Kmy03248EA
1)
Kmy03247EA
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the 4. Remove the SHAFT PB A4 from the PLATE ASSY BTM A4, and remove the STOPPER PB and the
right side to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two tabs with a mini screwdriver or a GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
similar tool, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550. 5. Pull out the two guide pins on the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 from the tabs on the HOUSING BASE RE
2. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the 550, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
left side to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two tabs, and remove the PLATE GEAR
LOCK 550.
Before performing reassembly, be sure to slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to unlock

the lock, and press the LEVER BTM LOCK to move up the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 as far
as it will go.
3. Release the tab on the GEAR PB R to remove it from the SHAFT PB A4.
NEXT>>
5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om Confidential
B HANDLE CST 550 OPT C GUIDE ASSY CST END 550

1)-1
1)-1
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
1)-2 2)-2
2)-1
1)-2 1)
Kmy03246EA
Kmy03210EA
1. Turn over the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two guide pins with a mini screwdriver or a 1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) on the bottom of the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT that
similar tool, release the down side of the HANDLE CST 550 OPT, and remove the HANDLE CST secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550.
550 OPT. 2. Pull the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 toward you by pinching the tab, and remove the GUIDE
ASSY CST END 550.
Confidential
D KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER) E KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD)
2)-1
1)-1
2)-2
1)-2
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1 1)-1
1)-2
Kmy03078KA
Kmy03079EA
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC consists of three rollers; one is installed in the CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC consists of three rollers; one is installed in the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 OPT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When ASSY 550 OPT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
replacing these rollers, be sure to r eplace them at one time. replacing these rollers, be sure to replace them at one time.
1. Release the tabs of the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC, and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED 1. Release the two tabs on the left and right sides of the COVER RTD CST, and open the COVER RTD CST.
SECs from the shafts. 2. Release the tab on the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC, and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC
from the SHAFT RETARD.
Confidential
CHAPTER
5
ADJUSTMENT
Confidential
5.1 Adjustment Items

The following table shows the adjustment items required after fixing or replacing certain parts (units).
Table 5-1. Adjustment Items
Parts Timing Adjustment Item Procedure Required Tools or Program Reference
 When the printer is transported without replacing Color Registration Alignment (Auto) Execute from the control panel. See Page 383
the cartridge(s).
--- ---
 When the color registration seems misaligned. Color Registration Alignment (Manual)*1 See Page 384
Controller board After replacing the controller board with a new one. Write USB ID Execute from the special program. Special program See Page 385
PWBA MCU When replacing the PWBA MCU with a new one.  EEPROM Data Backup Execute from the special program. MCU Maintenance Program See Page 387
 EEPROM Data Restore
When installing the PWBA MCU once used in other MCU Initialize
printer.
*1: Perform Color Registration Alignment (manual) if the misalignment in main-scanning direction is too severe to adjust by Color Registration Alignment (Auto).
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Items 382
Confidential
5.2 Adjustment
5.2.1 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Auto)

PURPOSE
Automatically adjusts the registration position of each color precisely relative to black.
ADJUSTING COLOR REGISTRATION
1) Make sure the LCD panel displays Ready, then press the [ ] button to
access the control panel menus.
2) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Color Regist
Menu, then press the [ ] button twice.
 You may not be able to adjust the color registration when the
 printer is in the sleep mode or when any error has occurred even if
you can select the item from the menu on the control panel.
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 383
Confidential
5.2.2 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Manual)  Adjustment

1) Enter Print Adjust Menu.
PURPOSE
2) Select XXXX Regist item for the color (Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow) that needs
After placing/resetting the printer after purchase or after long-distance transport, make adjustment, then press the [ ] button.
sure to print out a color registration sheet to see whether the color registration is 3) On the color registration sheet, find the line segments that are most closely
properly aligned. If color registration misalignment occurs, perform the adjustment aligned, then use the [ ] or [ ] button to display the number that
described below. corresponds to that pattern. Press the [ ] button to complete the
adjustment.
  Perform Color Registration Alignment (manual) if the
4) If necessary, print another color registration sheet for confirmation.
 misalignment in main-scanning direction is too severe to adjust
by Color Registration Alignment (Auto).
 If the misalignment is not corrected on the first time, repeat the
adjustment until you get satisfactory results.
ADJUSTING COLOR REGISTRATION
 Procedure
1) Hold [ ] and turn the power on to start AcuLaser C3800/C3800D in Support
Mode.
2) Make sure that the LCD panel displays Ready, then press the [ ] button
on the control panel.
3) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Print Adjust
Menu, then press the [ ] button.
4) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Color Regist
Sheet, then press the [ ] button.
5) Check the alignment of the lines at the zero position for each color. If the
color segment of the line is in alignment with the black segments on either
side to make one straight line, no adjustment is required for that color. If the
line segment are not aligned, adjust the registration as explained below.
Figure 5-1. Color Registration Sheet


Confidential
5.2.3 Writing USB ID INSTALLATION AND THE OPERATION OF THE PROGRAM
PURPOSE 1) Copy all the files related to “PPInitSetting” program and save them into one
folder.
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D comes with the USB interface as a
standard, and the computer connected to the AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/  Be sure to save a complete set of files related to “PPInitSetting”
C3800D via the USB interface identifies the printer by referring to the USB ID  program into one folder.
information unique to each printer.
Since this USB ID information is stored on EEPROM on the main board of the printer,
you have to re-define the ID information by following the procedure described below
after replacing the main board for repair. 2) Double-click the program icon [ ] to start the program.
3) Select the model name from [Model Selection].
TOOL
4) Select the port used to connect the printer from [Port Selection].
The program required for writing USB ID and the system requirements are as follows:
 When you select “Auto selection”, the computer automatically
 Program
 detects the connected printers and starts communicating with the
 PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe one detected first. When two or more printers are connected,
specify the target port to avoid unexpected connection.
 System requirements
 OS: Windows 95/98/ME/2000/XP
 Port used: LPT, USB
Figure 5-2. Operation of the Program

Confidential
WRITING METHOD
The method for writing USB ID varies according to the conditions of the main board. Be sure to figure out the appropriate method with reference to the following table.
For details on how to write the ID, follow the instructions shown in the program.
Table 5-2. Writing Method
Writing Method
Main Board Condition Previous ID Check Description
(Button Name)
Communication between the computer The previous ID can be confirmed with a printed paper such Store optional ID Enter the previous ID to write it into new main board.
and the main board is impossible as a status sheet.
The previous ID cannot be confirmed by any means. Store auto-generated NEW ID The program automatically creates new ID from the serial
number of the printer. Write the ID into new main board.
Communication between the computer (The previous ID can be read from the previous main board.) OLD ID Retrieval/Restore Retrieve the ID from the old board, and enter the ID into
and the main board is possible new board.
 Store optional ID  Store auto-generated NEW ID  OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
CONFIRMING THE ID
When the writing USB ID is completed, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the printer.
(Refer to “7.4.1 Status Sheet” (p.413))

Confidential
5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program TOOL
PURPOSE  Program
MCU Maintenance Program
EEPROM on a PWBA MCU stores information unique to each printer.  System requirements
When replacing the PWBA MCU, follow the procedure below to back up the
information saved in the current EEPROM and write it into the one on a new PWBA  OS: Windows 2000/XP
MCU.  Port used: USB
 Interface
 When replacing a PWBA MCU, verify that the version of the
firmware on a new PWBA MCU matches the version of the
previous PWBA MCU. If not, be sure to make them match each
other by either upgrading or downgrading the firmware.
 Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU
at a time.
 When the printer is turned on for the first time after the PWBA
 MCU is replaced, the information unique to each printer is
automatically saved into a memory on the new board. Due to this
reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and the board
can no longer be used in other printer.
To use the PWBA MCU into which specific information is already
written in other printer, execute “MCU Initialize”.

Confidential
OUTLINE OF FUNCTION 3) MCU Initialize

Initializes a EEPROM on a PWBA MCU.
When replacing a PWBA MCU due to an error Service Req E900,
do not perform
Restore”. If data“EEPROM
corruptionData Backup”
has causing orerror,
the “EEPROM Data
the same error
may arise after executing the operations.
Following operations can be accomplished using the program.

1) EEPROM Data Backup
Backs up the data stored in a EEPROM on a PWBA MCU.
2) EEPROM Data Restore

Writes the data, which was backed up in the above step, into a EEPROM on a
PWBA MCU.

Confidential
CHAPTER
MAINTENANCE
6
Confidential
6.1 Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement
Note that the values (printable pages) given in the following tables are guidelines, not an absolute specifications.
The life could become less than a half of the given numbers due to many factors; such as intermittent printing (repeating to print only a few copies for each
print job), paper type (especially thick paper), paper size, paper orientation, print data (image or document), frequent power-on/off, and so on.
CONSUMABLE PRODUCTS
Table 6-1. Consumable Products

Product Service Life* Replacement
Product Name Configuration Remark
Code (printable pages) Massage
High capacity imaging cartridge Yellow Toner hopper 1158 6,000 Replace Toner Y  Outer dimensions of high capacity imaging
Development roller cartridge and standard capacity imaging
Magenta 1159 6,000 Replace Toner M
Photoconductor cartridge are the same.
Cyan 1160 6,000 Replace Toner C  When the error LED is flashing, you can
Waste toner box
continue printing in monochrome by pressing
Black 1161 8,000 Replace Toner K
the [Start/Stop] button.
Standard capacity imaging cartridge Yellow 1162 2,000 Replace Toner Y  Printing is impossible when the error LED is lit.
Cyan 1164 2,000 Replace Toner C
Black 1165 3,000
TRANSFER UNIT Transport belt 3024 100,000 Replace Transfer Unit  Printing is impossible.
Bias transfer roller  Replace the unit immediately.
Waste toner box
FUSER UNIT (110-120 V) Heat roller 3026 100,000 Replace Fuser  The FUSER UNIT has reached the end of its
Quarts lamp (for 120 V) service life. Replace the unit immediately.
 You can continue printing, but print quality is
FUSER UNIT (220-240 V) Heat roller 3025 100,000 not guaranteed while this message is displayed.
Quarts lamp (for 230 V)
MAINTENANCE Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement 390

Confidential
Table 6-2. Consumable Products

*
Product Name Configuration Product Service Life Replacement Remark
Code (printable pages) Massage
High capacity imaging cartridge Yellow Toner hopper 1124 9,000 Replace Toner Y  Outer dimensions of high capacity imaging
Development roller cartridge and standard capacity imaging
Photoconductor cartridge are the same.
Cyan 1126 9,000 Replace Toner C  When the error LED is flashing, you can
Waste toner box
continue printing in monochrome by pressing
Black 1127 9,500 Replace Toner K
the [Start/Stop] button.
Standard capacity imaging cartridge Yellow 1128 5,000 Replace Toner Y  Printing is impossible when the error LED is lit.
Cyan 1130 5,000 Replace Toner C
TRANSFER UNIT Transport belt 3024 100,000 Replace Transfer Unit  Printing is impossible.
Bias transfer roller  Replace the unit immediately.
Waste toner box
FUSER UNIT (110-120 V) Heat roller 3026 100,000 Replace Fuser  The FUSER UNIT has reached the end of its
Quarts lamp (for 120 V) service life. Replace the unit immediately.
 You can continue printing, but print quality is
FUSER UNIT (220-240 V) Heat roller 3025 100,000 not guaranteed while this message is displayed.
Quarts lamp (for 230 V)
* : Average values for A4, continuous printing at 5% image occupancy ratio.
PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE PERIODIC REPLACEMENT
Table 6-3. Products that Require Periodic Replacement
Service Life
Product Name Configuration Replacement Massages Remark
(printable pages)
Retard roller 200,000 ---  Retard, feed, and nudger rollers are exactly the same parts, their names vary according to the
installation positions. These rollers are provided in a set as an ASP by the name of "KIT ROLL
KIT ROLL ASSY Feed roller 200,000 ---
ASSY FEED SEC", be sure to replace these rollers at one time.
FEED SEC
Nudger roller 200,000 ---  Replacement messages do not appear on the panel.
Replace these rollers if paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled, folded or torn at frequent intervals.
HOLDER ASSY Retard roller 30,000 ---  Replacement messages do not appear on the panel.
RETARD MSI Replace the roller if paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled, folded or torn at frequent intervals.
MAINTENANCE Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement 391
Confidential
6.2 Cleaning MAIN UNIT
While at maintenance work, perform the cleaning procedure as described below.  Outer cover
Table 6-4. Cleaning Clean it with a soft, clean cloth moistened with a mild detergent.
Unit Part Timing
Main unit Outer cover When the cover looks soiled.

MP tray Feed roller When paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled,
folded or torn at frequent intervals
Retard roller
Standard lower Feed roller/
paper cassette Nudger roller
Retard roller
550-sheet paper Feed roller/
cassette unit Nudger roller
Retard roller
Figure 6-1. Outer Cover
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the

printer off and unplug the power cord before starting cleaning.
 Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer cover. These

chemicals can damage the components as well as the cover.
 Be careful not to get water onto the printer mechanism or any
electrical components.
 Do not use a hard or abrasive brush or cloth to clean the
printer. To do so may cause discoloration or deformation of the
printer cover.
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 392
Confidential
MP TRAY STANDARD LOWER PAPER CASSETTE
 Feed roller  Feed roller/Nudger roller
1. Pull out the standard lower paper cassette. 1. Pull out the standard lower paper cassette.
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller with a well-wrung wet cloth. 2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller and the nudger roller with a well-
wrung wet cloth.
3. Insert the standard lower paper cassette.
Feed Roller Feed Roller

Nudger Roller
Figure 6-2. Feed Roller (MP Tray)
 Retard roller Figure 6-4. Feed Roller/Nudger Roller (Standard Lower Paper Cassette)
 Retard roller
1. Pull out the standard lower paper cassette.
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard roller with a well-wrung wet cloth. 1. Pull out the standard lower paper cassette.
3. Insert the standard lower paper cassette. 2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard roller with a well-wrung wet cloth.
Retard Roller
Retard Roller
Figure 6-3. Retard Roller (MP Tray)

Figure 6-5. Retard Roller (Standard Lower Paper Cassette)
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 393
Confidential
550-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT
 Feed roller/Nudger roller  Retard roller
1. Pull out the 550-sheet paper cassette unit. 1. Pull out the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller and the nudger roller with a well- 2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard roller with a well-wrung wet cloth.
wrung wet cloth.
3. Insert the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
3. Insert the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
Retard Roller
Figure 6-7. Retard Roller (550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit)
Feed Roller
Nudger Roller
Figure 6-6. Feed Roller/Nudger Roller (550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit)
MAINTENANCE
Cleaning 394 393/458
Confidential
CHAPTER
APPENDIX
7
Confidential
7.1 Connectors A B C D E F G H I J K L
101
7.1.1 List of Plugs and Jacks
102
MAIN UNIT
P/J 103
Coordinates Connection CN1 171
CN No.
171 H-106 FUSER and HARNESS ASSY FUSER
104
211 H-107 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
221 H-108 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
105
222 G-109 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Deve Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 211
27212
236 H-111 SOLENOID FEED MSI and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 106
27213 2761
251 H-110 DRIVE ASSY PH (PH Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
275
272 I-110 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 2721
107
221
275 I-108 HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
276 I-109 HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 108
276
2721 B-107 TRANSFER UNIT and HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER 27211
2751 E-110 MSI No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP 109
222
2761 I-107 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Exit Clutch) and HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT OP2
27211 C-108 PWBA EEPROM (BELT) and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER 110
UNIT) OP3
27212 D-107 ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER UNIT) 111
27213 D-107 ADC Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER UNIT)
272
CN1 E-106 CONTROL PANEL and HARNESS ASSY-CON F 112 251
OP2 I-109 HARNESS ASSY-CON F and HARNESS ASSY-CON R 236
OP3 I-109 HARNESS ASSY-CON F and HARNESS ASSY-CON R 113
2751
114
115
Kmy04001EA
Figure 7-1. Main Unit P/J Layout Diagram (1)
APPENDIX
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Connectors 396 395/458
Confidential
P/J A B C D E F G H I J K L
Coordinates Connection
CN No.
116
121 H-122 ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS
191 H-124 SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
117
192 H-124 SENSOR ASSY CRU (M) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
193 H-122 SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
118
194 H-123 SENSOR ASSY CRU (C) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
231 I-125 SWITCH ASSY SIZE and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
119
232 H-125 FEEDER ASSY (HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR) and HARNESS 314
ASSY R SIDE
120
233 H-123 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 313 121
234 I-124 FEEDER ASSY (CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN) and HARNESS ASSY
193
R SIDE 121
312
235 H-123 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 194
241 I-125 HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR and HARNESS ASSY OHP 122
311 235
273 H-126 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE and 550 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS
233
ASSY FDR UNIT) 123
311 G-124 CRUM Sensor (Y) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM 234
312 G-123 CRUM Sensor (M) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM 124 192
313 G-122 CRUM Sensor (C) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
191
314 G-122 CRUM Sensor (K) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM 125
241
2321 D-125 FEEDER ASSY (CST No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY REGI
SNR 126 232
2322 E-125 FEEDER ASSY (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR
2411 F-125 PWBA OHP SNR and HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR 127 231
2412 F-125 PWBA OHP LED and HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR 2321
273
2322
128
2412
2411
129
130
Kmy04002EA
APPENDIX
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Connectors 397 396/458
Confidential
5/22/2018
EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
Revision C
P/J A B C D E F G H I J K L
CN No.
131
141 I-136 LED ASSY and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
161 G-136 HVPS and PWBA MCU (P161 is soldered onto the board.)
132
181 I-139 DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
182 H-138 DISPENSER ASSY (M) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP CN602 161
133
183 H-136 DISPENSER ASSY (K) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP 183
CN601 141
184 H-137 DISPENSER ASSY (C) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
134
5041 D-138 Not used
CN405 E-140 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY-CON R 5041
135
CN411 D-140 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY USB
136
CN501 C-137 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP CN501
CN601 E-138 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY ESS
137
184
CN602 F-138 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY VIDEO
138
182
139 181
140
141
142
CN411
143 CN405
144
145
Kmy04003EA
APPENDIX
Connectors 398 397/458
Confidential
5/22/2018 EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om Revision C
P/J CN A B C D E F G H I J K L
No.
10 D-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS 146 504 503
501
502
11 D-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY VIDEO 47
44 40
147 48
12 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS
14 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
148
15 B-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
16 C-156 PWBA MCU and HVPS
149
17 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER
CN2
18 B-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
150
19 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
21 B-158 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 481
151
22 B-158 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
23 B-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
152
24 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OHP 261
25 B-158 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 274
153
26 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HUM
27 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 154
31 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY CRUM

40 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP 155
44 E-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 17 16 12
47 E-150 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER 156 14

19 11
48 E-150 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INLET
15
101 C-158 Not used 157
10
18
261 H-152 SENSOR HUM and HARNESS ASSY HUM 22
274 D-153 PWBA EEPROM XPRO and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 158 21
481 E-152 SWITCH POWER and HARNESS ASSY INLET 25 101

23
501 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP 159
502 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP 27 26 24 31 *CN1 is written on the board.
503 F-149 LVPS and FAN MAIN 160
504 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP S

Kmy04004EA
CN2 B-150 PWBA USB and HARNESS ASSY USB Figure 7-4. Main Unit P/J Layout Diagram (4)
APPENDIX Connectors 399

Confidential
DUPLEX UNIT A B C D E F G H I J K L
P/J CN 161
No.
1 E-168 Not used
162
427 F-168 PWBA DUP and FAN DUP
428 F-168 PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT
163
429 F-169 PWBA DUP and MOTOR ASSY DUP 4301
430 F-168 PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR 427
164 430
431 F-168 PWBA DUP and CLUTCH DUP 431
2720 I-169 DUPLEX ASSY (HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT) and PRINTER 165
4301 E-167 DUP Jam Sensor and HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
166
167
428
168
1
169 2720
170 429
171
172
173
174
175
Kmy04005EA
Figure 7-5. Duplex Unit P/J Layout Diagram

Confidential
550-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A B C D E F G H I J K L
P/J CN 176
No.
1 G-180 Not used
177
273 H-183 550 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT) and
PRINTER
178 421
419 G-180 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT
420 G-180 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
179 422
421 G-179 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
420 423
422 G-179 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 MOT
180 1
423 G-180 Not used
4201 H-185 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN and HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN 419
181
4202 H-185 Not used
273
4211 I-184 SWITCH ASSY SIZE and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
182
4212 H-184 HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE and HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER
4213 H-185 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
183
4221 G-185 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY C2
MOT 184
4222 G-185 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY C2
MOT
185
42121 D-183 C2 CST No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER
4211
186 4212
4213
4202
42121
187 4201
4222 4221
188
189
*CN1 and CN2 are written on the board.
190
Kmy04006EA
Figure 7-6. 550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit P/J Layout Diagram

Confidential
5/22/2018
Revision C
7.2 Control Panel Special Features

The control panel of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D has the special features as described in the table below.
Do not disclose this information (except for Support mode) to users

as these features are for product development and servicing.
7.2.1 Operational Procedures and Functions

Table 7-1. Control Panel Special Features
Feature Operational Procedure Function and Utilization
Support mode Hold down [ ] and turn the power on. Adds “Support Menu” and “Printer Adjust Menu” to the panel menu.
For details on each menu, see “Support Menu” (p.403) and “Printer Adjust Menu” (p.404).
Panel setting initialization Hold down [Cancel Job] and turn the power on. Values set from the control panel are all initialized.
Flash ROM A forced clear Hold down [Cancel Job] + [ ] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on. Clears information saved in Flash ROM module that is inserted into DIMM slot A.
Program ROM update Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] + [ ] and turn the power on. Updates the program ROM.
For operational procedures, see “7.3 Firmware Update” (p.406).
ROM module copy Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] + [ ] and turn the power on. Copies information in ROM module and saves it into another ROM module.
Maintenance mode Hold down [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] and turn the power on. Adds “Maintenance Menu” to the panel menu.
For details on each menu, see “Maintenance Menu” (p.403).
Engine controller update Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power Updates engine controller firmware.
on. For operational procedures, see “7.3 Firmware Update” (p.406).
RAM check (all area) Hold down [Start/Stop] + [ ] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on. Checks RAM (all area) at power-on. Perform this check when a controller-related error is
occurred in order to identify if the cause of the problem is the RAM or not.
CPU reset Press [Cancel Job] + [ ]+[ ]+[ ]+[ ] when a service call For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
(when a service call error occurs) error occurs.
Detailed information display Press [Cancel Job] + [ ] +[ ] when a service call error occurs. For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
(when a service call error occurs)
Error sheet print Press [ ] after resetting the CPU when a service call error occurs. For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Features 402

Confidential
5/22/2018
Revision C
7.2.2 Special Menu
 The underlined values in the following tables are default factory
 settings.
SUPPORT MENU
Selects the control on the backlight of the LCD panel.
Printer status
Menu Option Power-on to
Power-off Sleep Other
Ready
LCD Backlight Auto OFF ON OFF ON
On OFF ON ON ON
Off OFF ON OFF OFF
MAINTENANCE MENU
Menu Option Function

Engine Status Sheet Execute Prints an engine status sheet. Make sure that an engine-
related error is not occurring when printing the sheet.
See “Engine Status Sheet” (p.414) for details.
Print Log Report Execute Prints a print log report. Make sure that an engine-related
error is not occurring when printing the sheet.
See “Print Log Report” (p.417) for details.
Clear Error Log Execute Clears error log saved to be printed on an engine status
sheet.

Confidential 402/458
Menu Option Function

Color Regist Sheet --- Prints a Color Registration Sheet. Examine the printout patterns for each of the three colors, and select the number for the most
densely printed line or the number for the most closely aligned line with black one. Then, enter those numbers for Yellow, Magenta,
and Cyan Regist.
Cyan Regist*7 -36 ~ 0.0 ~ 36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Cyan, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
Magenta Regist*7 -36 ~ 0.0 ~ 36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Magenta, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
Yellow Regist*7 -36 ~ 0.0 ~ 36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Yellow, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
*1:The value can be selected from -3 to +3 in one step. Print image will become darker as the value increases.
*2:The setting will be effective for all the paper types (for both sides) selected when Normal is set for Printer Adjust Menu.
*3:The setting will be effective for all the paper types (for both sides) selected when Coated is set for Printer Adjust Menu.
*4:The value can be selected from -6 to 6 in one step. Toner fixability will become solid as the value increases, however, too much temperature will cause paper to be curled.
*5:The setting will be effective for PlainPaper-L and Plain Paper-H (for both sides).
*6:Adjustable from 0 to 3. Print results become thicker as the number increases. The change will be in effect after printing 25 sheets (at maximum).
*7:Adjustable from -36 to 36. The change will be in effect once [ ] is pressed.

7.3 Firmware Update
OVERVIEW
Firmware update is performed by transmitting the firmware data file from computer to
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D via USB interface.
Operation
Unit Data Format
Panel Operation Tool
Main Controller RCC Not required Required
CRB Required Required
Engine Controller MOT Required Required
TOOL
 Computer (OS: Windows)

 Firmware Update Tool
Software tool for transmitting the firmware data file to printer via USB interface.
APPENDIX Firmware Update 406

MAIN CONTROLLER FIRMWARE UPDATE
Method 1 Method 2
Procedure LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
Check the current Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware
1 ---
firmware version version. version.
Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable. Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect
Confirm that “Ready” is displayed on the LCD panel. them with a USB cable.
Connect the printer to the
2 Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to ---
computer
disconnect other interface cables from the
product.
Prepare the firmware data Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file
3 ---
file (extension: RCC), and save it onto the computer. (extension: CRB), and save it onto the computer.
Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] + [ ] and turn the
printer on. The printer will start up in “Program ROM Program Device
update” mode. Version XX.XX
Please Send Data
4 Start up the printer ---
Run the Firmware Update Tool. Run the Firmware Update Tool.
Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware
Update Tool window. Update Tool window.
5 Prepare to transmit the file ---

Confidential 406/458
Method 1 Method 2
Procedure LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window. Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Program Device
Version XX.XX
OLD: XXXX NEW: XXXX
6 Transmit the data
When the printer starts to receive the file or begins Confirm that both old and new firmware versions are
Program Device
rewriting, the dataon
Writing” appears LED
the flashes and the message “ROM P
LCD panel. displayed on the
on the control LCD panel, and press the [
panel. ] button Version XX.XX
Erasing Device
When the transfer is complete, the “Completion” window The “Completion” window will be displayed when the
pops up. Click [OK]. data transfer is finished. Click [OK].
7 Perform the update
Program Device
Version XX.XX
PRG XXXXXXXX
When the program update is finished, the checksum

Program Device
appears on the LCD panel.
Version XX.XX
Confirm the checksum.
Code=
8 Confirm the checksum --- XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
Total=
XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
After confirming the data LED is turned off and the LCD Press [ ].
9 Reboot the printer panel displays “Ready”, turn the printer power off and The printer automatically reboots. ---
turn back on again.

Confidential
Method 1 Method 2
Procedure LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
10 Print a status sheet Print a status sheet. Print a status sheet. ---
11 Check the firmware Confirm

comparingthat
thethe firmware
status sheet has
withbeen updated
the one properly
printed in stepby
1. Confirm that the program
updated correctly firmware
by comparing the version has been
status sheet with that ---
version on the status sheet
Refer to “ 7.4.1 Status Sheet ” (p.413) printed in step 1. Refer to “ 7.4.1 Status Sheet ” (p.413)

Confidential
ENGINE CONTROLLER FIRMWARE UPDATE
Procedure Method LCD Panel

1 Check the current firmware version Print a status sheet or a engine status sheet, and check the current firmware version.
Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect them with a USB cable. ---
2 Connect the printer to the computer. Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to disconnect other interface cables from ---
the product.
Turn the computer back on, copy the firmware data file (extension: MOT), and save it into any route
3 Prepare the firmware data file ---
directory of the computer.
Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on.
The printer will start up in “Engine controller update” mode. Engine Firmware Update
EFU Ver. XXX
4 Start up the printer
Please send EFU data

Confidential

Run the Firmware Update Tool.
Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware
Update Tool window.
5 Prepare to transmit the file ---
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool screen.

send size=XXX
SENT SIZE=XXX
6 Transmit the data
Type: XXX sum=XXX

Confidential

Press the [ ] button on the control panel of the printer.
A “Completion” pop-up window will appear when the transmission Writing: Erasing
is finished. Click the [OK].
7 Perform the update
Writing: Size=XXX
When updating the program data is finished, the checksum will be indicated on the LCD panel.
Confirm the checksum. TYPE: XXX SUM: XXX
8 Confirm the checksum
9 Reboot the printer Turn the printer off and back on. ---
10 Print a status sheet Print a status sheet or a engine status sheet. ---
Check the firmware version on the status Compare the firmware version printed on the status sheet or the engine status sheet with the one on the
11 sheet printed in step 1, and confirm that the firmware is updated. ---
sheet

Confidential
7.4 Information Sheets
7.4.1 Status Sheet

Table 7-2. Status Sheet
Location Item Description
1 Information Shows the information on consumable products and the number of
printed pages.
2 Default settings Shows the settings acquired from and set through the control panel.
3 Hardware Shows the hardware configuration such as serial number, installed
configuration memory, and interface. 1
4 Color Shows the date that calibration data was created.
calibration G: Gradation priority D: Definition (Resolution) priority
1200: 1200 dpi 600: 600 dpi
5 Footer Shows the following information:
IAddyme: Controller firmware date
* DIMM writable (space: NOT writable) 2
Axxxx: Color Look Up Table version
(@xxxx: Optional ROM CMTD installed
in the expansion slot)
MCxxxxxxxxxx: Engine controller version
xxPxxxxxxxxxxYMMD: USB serial No.
H: USB connection
(H: HS, F: FS, space: NOT connected)
D: USB connection (D: D4 compatible,
space: D4 NOT compatible)
3: Type-B level (3: L3 Type-B,
space: NOTC3800/C3800D
(AcuLaser L3 Type-B) only) 3
e: e: ECP, n: Nibble, none: Compatibility 4
JCxxxxxx: Number of times of paper jam
ICcccmmmyyykkk: Number of times that imaging cartridges
were replaced
CCCMMMYYYKKK: Number of times that non genuine toner
error was cleared 5
APPENDIX Information Sheets 413

Confidential

INTERPRETING ERROR LOG
 Jam
Indicates the location of the paper jam using an 8-digit hexadecimal number. 1
See Table 7-4 Paper Jam Code (p416) on analyzing jam codes.
 Size
Indicates the paper size in English character strings as shown on the LCD panel.
 Type
Indicates the specified media in decimal number.
2
 Date and time
Displays the date and time that the jam occurred by converting the time into the
current
“--/--/-- local
--:--”time. Thewhen
appears format
thefor theistime
time not is yy/mm/dd hh:mm.
synchronized with the clock.
3
4
7
8
9
10

Confidential

Table 7-4. Paper Jam Code

Hexadecimal number
Bit Binary number Description
(Engine status indication)
00040000 18 100 00000000 00000000 Remain at Dup
00020000 17 10 00000000 00000000 Remain at Exit
00010000 16 1 00000000 00000000 Remain at Reg
00008000 15 10000000 00000000 ---
00004000 14 1000000 00000000 Duplex Jam 4
00002000 13 100000 00000000 Duplex Jam 3
00001000 12 10000 00000000 Duplex Jam 2
00000800 11 1000 00000000 Duplex Jam 1
00000400 10 100 00000000 Exit Jam 2
00000200 9 10 00000000 Exit Jam 1
00000100 8 1 00000000 Reg Jam 2
00000080 7 10000000 Reg Jam 1
00000040 6 1000000 Feed Jam
00000020 5 100000 ---
00000010 4 10000 ---
00000008 3 1000 Tray2 Misfeed Jam
00000004 2 100 Tray1 Misfeed Jam
00000002 1 10 MSI Misfeed Jam
00000001 0 1 ---
Note : If you cannot find the corresponding code in the table, multiple paper jam may be
occurring. In that case, convert the displayed code (hexadecimal number) into binary
number and find the combination in the table.
e.g.) 00002080 (hexadecimal number) → 00100000 10000000 (binary number)
→ 00100000 00000000 + 00000000 10000000 → Duplex Jam 3 + Reg Jam 1

Confidential

7.4.3 Print Log Report Table 7-5. Print Log Report

Location Item Unit Description
Table 7-5. Print Log Report
9* Toner Current Genuineness Displays each current toner cartridge is
Location Item Unit Description cartridge genuine or not.
1 S/N --- Serial number of the main unit record Current Pages Displays the total printed pages of each
2 Date --- Local time (yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm) current toner cartridge at the time of printing
“--/--/-- --:--” appears when the time is Print Log Report.
not synchronized with the clock 1 record prior Genuineness Displays the genuineness of each last toner
3 Toner remain (for each % Amount of remaining toner cartridge.
color) 1 record prior Pages Displays the total printed pages of each toner
4 Print of Total Pages Total number of printed pages per paper size cartridge from the last exchange.
papers Mono simplex Number of printed monochrome simplex 2 record prior Genuineness Displays the genuineness of each toner
pages cartridge (the one before last).
duplex Number of printed monochrome duplex 2 record prior Pages Displays the total printed pages of each toner
pages cartridge from the exchange before last.
Color simplex Number of printed color simplex pages * : AcuLaser C2800/C2800D only.
duplex Number of printed color duplex pages
5 Print of mode Pages Total number of printed pages per print mode
6 Coverage duty % Average print ratio (number of dots per page)
of each color
The value is averaged each time the printer
prints one page
7 Dots/1% Number Number of dots printed with the amount of
of dots 1% of each toner
The value is updated each time the printer
uses the amount of 1% of toner
8 Estimate Pages Number of printable pages with the
remaining quantity of each color
Calculated with reference to “Coverage duty”
and “Dots/1%”

Confidential

1
2
6
7
8
9*
* : AcuLaser C2800/C2800D only.

Confidential

7.5 Exploded diagrams and Parts List

The exploded diagrams and the parts list of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D are shown on the
pages that follow. (Total: 44 pages)
APPENDIX Exploded diagrams and Parts List 419

Confidential
5/22/2018 C648-CASE-011 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
01-01-03
01-01-02
01-01-01
01-01-04
01-01-07
01-01-05
01-01-10

Ref No. Part Name

01-01-01 COVER TOP ASSY E
01-01-02 COVER EXTENTION 1 E
01-01-03 COVER EXTENTION 2 E

01-01-04 COVER REAR E
01-01-05 COVER CST 550 E
01-01-06 COVER SIDE R E
01-01-07 COVER SIDE L E
01-01-10 COVER SIDE IF

Confidential
C648-CASE-021
01-02-16
01-02-04
01-02-03
01-02-14 01-02-11
(P2721)
01-02-15 01-02-04
(P2720)
01-02-100
01-02-05
(J272)
01-02-36
01-02-08 A
01-02-31
01-02-08
01-02-07
01-02-17
01-02-21 01-02-09
Front 01-02-17 01-02-22
01-02-18
01-02-19
01-02-20
01-02-23
01-02-24 (with 29,32)
Ref No. Part Name
01-02-03 SPRING LATCH
01-02-04 LATCH FRONT
01-02-05 KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC

01-02-07 CONTACT FRONT
01-02-08 SHAFT PIVOT
01-02-09 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
01-02-100 LOGO PLATE,13X54;C
01-02-11 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
01-02-14 HOLDER DRAWER
01-02-15 HARNESS
01-02-16 CONTROL PANELMAIN-PANEL
01-02-17 PIN PIVOT MSI
01-02-18 SHAFT LEVER
01-02-19 PLATE PIVOT
01-02-20 LEVER MSI 1
01-02-21 SPRING LEVER MSI
01-02-22 SPIRNG LEVER LINK

01-02-23 LEVER MSI 2
01-02-24 COVER ASSY MSI E
01-02-29 COVER MSI E
01-02-30 SHAFT PIVOT MSI
01-02-31 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER EARTH2
01-02-32 KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC
01-02-36 SPRING

Confidential
C648-ELEC-011 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
09-01-08
09-01-05
(J44)
(J503)
09-01-11
09-01-03
09-01-01
(P274) 09-01-19

Revision C 423/458
Ref No. Part Name
09-01-01 PWBA EEPROM XPRO
09-01-03 BOARD ASSY I/F6202A,WW
09-01-05 HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK

09-01-08 PSLV 200V STD
09-01-11 FAN MAIN
09-01-19 SENSOR HUM
09-01-20 PWBA MCU KMY S
09-01-21 POWER CORD
09-01-22 HARNESS ASSY INLET 200V S
09-01-24 POWER SWITCH110K1157X

Confidential
C648-ELEC-021 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
09-02-03
09-02-03
09-02-07
09-02-08
A
B
Front

5/22/2018 Ref No. Part Name EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
09-02-03 SCREW KNURLING

09-02-07 BOARD ASSY.,MEMORY
09-02-08 SDRAMDIMM
09-02-09 BOARD ASSY,MAIN6191B,ASP
09-02-10 NETWORK BOARD
09-02-11 GUIDE RAIL
09-02-14 HARNESSMAIN-HARNESS
09-02-15 HARNESSMAIN-USB MEMORY
09-02-17 GROUNDING SPRING,TYPE-B

Confidential
C648 MECH 011 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
[Ref PL2.2.1]
02-01-02 (with 3,12-24)
02-01-03
02-01-12
02-01-12
02-01-13
02-01-14
02-01-15 02-01-13
02-01-16
02-01-17
02-01-21
02-01-17
02-01-18
02-01-20

Revision C 427/458
5/22/2018
Ref No. Part Name EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
02-01-02 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT 550 E

02-01-03 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI E
02-01-12 ROLL PINCH TURN

02-01-13 SPRING PINCH TURN
02-01-14 FOLLOWER L
02-01-15 FOLLOWER R
02-01-16 ARM L
02-01-17 SPRING N/F
02-01-18 ARM R
02-01-20 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM

02-01-21 HOLDER ASSY MSI L
02-01-24 ACTUATOR ASSY MSI

Confidential
C648-MECH-021 Only numbered Service Parts are available.

02-02-01 (without 80)
02-02-02
02-02-09
02-02-13
02-02-12
a 02-02-80 (with PL2.2.a+PL3.2.ax2)
02-02-23
02-02-23
02-02-23

Ref No. Part Name
02-02-01 CASSETTE ASSY REAR 550 E

02-02-02 PLATE ASSY BTM A4 E
02-02-09 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 E

02-02-12 HOLDER ASSY RETARD E
02-02-13 COVER RTD CST (MAT) E
02-02-23 ACTUATOR SIZE
02-02-26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR
02-02-80 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC

Confidential

(J233)
[Ref PL3.2.1] 03-01-19
(J235)
03-01-20
(J236)
03-01-03
03-01-05
03-01-04

Ref No. Part Name
03-01-03 SOLENOID FEED MSI
03-01-04 SPRING FEED MSI
03-01-05 GEAR MSI

03-01-10 ROLL ASSY FEED
03-01-15 SENSOR UPPER PASS
03-01-17 HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP
03-01-19 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
03-01-20 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED

Confidential

03-02-01 (without80)
03-02-04
03-02-05
03-02-07
03-02-13
03-02-14 (J234)
03-02-15
03-02-16
03-02-27
03-02-25
03-02-30
03-02-32 REGI
SENSOR (P2322)
03-02-54
(P2412)
(J24)
(J232)
(J2321) (J2322) 03-02-37
(P241)
03-02-30
CST NO PAPER (P2411) 03-02-58
SENSOR (P2321)
03-02-56
(J2411)
(J241)
(J2412)

Ref No. Part Name
03-02-01 FEEDER ASSY SE
03-02-04 SPRING REGI L
03-02-05 SPRING REGI R

03-02-07 ROLL REGI RUBBER
03-02-13 ACTUATOR A
03-02-14 SPRING REGI SNSR A
03-02-15 ACTUATOR B
03-02-16 SPRING REGI SNSR B
03-02-25 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
03-02-27 SPRING EARTH

03-02-32 ROLL ASSY TURN
03-02-37 HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR
03-02-49 ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
03-02-54 PWBA OHP LED
03-02-56 PWBA OHP SNR
03-02-57 HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR

03-02-58 HARNESS ASSY OHP

Confidential

(J12)
5/22/2018 05-01-17 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
(P161)
(J16) 05-01-02
05-01-12
CRUM
(J183) 05-01-12 SENSOR

05-01-03 (P314)
(P141)
05-01-03 (P313)
(J184) 05-01-12
05-01-03
(P312)
05-01-03
(J182) 05-01-12 (P311)
05-01-15
(J181)
05-01-23
05-01-25
05-01-24
05-01-26
05-01-26

Ref No. Part Name
5/22/2018 05-01-02 ROS ASSY SEC EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
05-01-03 CONNECTOR CRUM

05-01-05 ACTUATOR SENSOR CRU
05-01-06 SPRING CRU
05-01-12 DISPENSER ASSY
05-01-15 LED ASSY
05-01-17 PSHV STD
05-01-23 VISOR ASSY LABEL
05-01-24 LEVER VISOR CRU R
05-01-25 LEVER VISOR CRU L
05-01-26 SPRING VISOR CRU

Confidential

[Ref PL1.2.9]
06-01-01
06-01-02
06-01-02
06-01-02
06-01-02
06-01-03 06-01-04
06-01-03 06-01-05
06-01-03
06-01-03
06-01-06
06-01-11
(J47)
(P171)
(J171)
(J17)
06-01-13

Ref No. Part Name
5/22/2018
06-01-01 CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
06-01-02 SPRING PINCH EXIT OUT

06-01-03 ROLL PINCH EXIT
06-01-04 SPRING CORRUGATE
06-01-05 ROLL CORRUGATE
06-01-06 HOLDER CORRUGATE
06-01-11 HARNESS ASSY FUSER 200V
06-01-13 CHUTE DUP GATE

Confidential

07-01-01
07-01-01
07-01-03
07-01-09
07-01-04
07-01-05 07-01-04
A
07-01-13
07-01-14
07-01-14 07-01-14
07-01-14
A
Ref No. Part Name
07-01-01 HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR
07-01-03 LINK L
07-01-04 LEVER RELEASE
07-01-05 KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
07-01-09 KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R
07-01-13 LINK R
07-01-14 FOOT
07-01-17 GUIDE TRAY R 550
07-01-18 SWITCH ASSY SIZE
07-01-19 GUIDE ASSY 550 L

Confidential

08-01-02
(J2761)
(P211)
(P221)
(P222)
08-01-05 08-01-06
(P251)
Ref No. Part Name

08-01-02 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
08-01-05 KIT MOT ASSY PH
08-01-06 KIT GEAR ASSY PH

Confidential
C648-MECH-091
Only numbered Service Parts are available. 442/458
(P503)
(P12)
(P16)
5/22/2018 (P501) (P504) (P40) EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
(P17)
(P502) (P14)
(P44) (P19)
(P11)
(P15)
(P10)
(P18)
(P47)
(P22) [Ref PL9.1.20]
(P48) (P21)
[Ref PL9.1.8]
(P25) (P101)
(J10)
(P23)
(P31)
(P24)
10-01-01 (P26)
(P27)
(J11) (J101)
10-01-04
(J19)
10-01-02
(J31) (J191)
(J26) (J111)
10-01-05
10-01-03 (J194) (J193) (J192)
(J261) (J276)
(J311)
(J312)
10-01-06
(J313)
(J27)
(J23) (J314)
(J25)
(J21)
(J22)
(P2761)
(P276)
10-01-07 (J251)
(J401) (J5041) (J232)
(J14)
(J15) (J274) (J222)
(P273) (J231)
(J18) (J221)
Ref No. Part Name

10-01-01 HARNESS ASSY ESS S
10-01-02 HARNESS ASSY VIDEO S
10-01-03 HARNESS ASSY HUM
10-01-04 HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
10-01-05 HARNESS ASSY CRUM
10-01-06 HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT
10-01-07 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 550
10-01-08 HARNESS ASSY LV TOP S

Confidential
C802-OPTI-160
http://slide pdf.c om/re a de r/full/e pson-a c ula se r-c 28003800-se r vic e -ma nua l Only numbered Service Parts are available. 444/458
02-01-03
[Ref PL2.3.1]
[Ref PL2.2]
02-01-05
02-01-06
(J4201)
(J4213)
Ref No. Part Name

02-01-03 SCREW JOINT
5/22/2018 02-01-05 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
02-01-06 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT

Confidential
C802-OPTI-161 Only numbered Service Parts are available.

(J273) 02-02-03
(J419)
02-02-05
02-02-06
(J421) (P4211)
(J4211)
a (P4213)
(P4212) 02-02-07
02-02-15 (J420)
02-02-15 (P4202)
02-02-15 02-02-08
(P4201)
(J422)
02-02-15
(J4222)
(P4222)
(P4221) (J4221) 02-02-09
02-02-10
Ref No. Part Name

02-02-03 HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT
5/22/2018
02-02-05 SWITCH ASSY SIZE EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
02-02-06 PWBA FEED-H

02-02-07 HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
02-02-08 HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
02-02-09 HARNESS ASSY C2 MOT
02-02-10 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
02-02-11 GUIDE TRAY R 550
02-02-12 GUIDE ASSY 550 L
02-02-15 FOOT OPT FDR

Confidential
C802-OPTI-162
Only numbered Service Parts are available. 448/458
02-03-01 (without80)
02-03-04
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
(P42121)
(J42121)
(J4212)
02-03-14
CST NO PAPER
SENSOR
02-03-30
02-03-80 (with PL2.3.ax2+PL2.5.a)
Ref No. Part Name
02-03-01 FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT SEC
02-03-04 ROLL ASSY TURN
02-03-08 ROLL PINCH TURN

02-03-09 SPRING PINCH TURN
02-03-25 ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
02-03-30 HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER

Confidential

[Ref PL2.5.1]
02-04-02
Ref No. Part Name

02-04-02 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT 550 OPT E


Confidential

02-05-01 (without 80)
02-05-02
02-05-09
02-05-13
02-05-12
a 02-05-80 (with PL2.3.ax2+PL2.5.a)
02-05-23
02-05-23
02-05-23
Ref No. Part Name

02-05-01 CASSETTE ASSY REAR 550 E

02-05-02 PLATE ASSY BTM A4 E
02-05-09 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 E
02-05-12 HOLDER ASSY RETARD E
02-05-13 COVER RTD CST (MAT) E
02-05-23 ACTUATOR SIZE
02-05-26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR

Confidential

01-01-25
(J427)
[Ref PL11.2]
01-01-09
01-01-12
DUP JAM 01-01-10
SENSOR
(P4301)
(J4301)
01-01-13
(J430)
01-01-15
(J428)
Ref No. Part Name

01-01-09 ACTUATOR DUP

01-01-10 SPRING SENSOR DUP
5/22/2018 01-01-12 SENSOR UPPER PASS EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
01-01-13 HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR

01-01-15 PWBA DUP-H
01-01-18 HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT
01-01-25 FAN DUP

Confidential

01-02-02
01-02-21
01-02-28
01-02-10
(J431)
From PL11.1
01-02-23
(J429)
01-02-14
Ref No. Part Name

01-02-02 BELT DUP 3M-128Z

01-02-10 CLUTCH ASSY FEED
5/22/2018
01-02-14 ROLL ASSY DUP-1 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om
01-02-15 ROLL ASSY DUP-2

01-02-21 SPRING DUP
01-02-23 MOTOR ASSY DUP
01-02-28 HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH

Confidential

Epson Aculaser C2800 - C3800 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Epson Aculaser C2800 - C3800 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.

A4 Full Color Laser Printer

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D

Copyright © SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2007.

Imaging Products CS, PL & Environmental Management

 Location of Safety Equipment

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or

Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or

Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for

 List of Safety Equipment

 Safety System Wiring Schematic

Laser Beam  Laser Specifications

Maximum output power 5 mV

 Disassembling and adjustment procedures not specified herein

Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple

After replacing the Fuser Unit or any other parts to which AC

Revision Date of Issue Description

 Flexible paper handling capabilities

Standard lower paper 550-sheet paper cassette

 Full color, high quality printing up to 1200 dpi

 Provides three interfaces as standard

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Overview 14

1.2 Product Specifications Life*5 300,000 pages or five years,

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 15

Safety and Safety standards <120 V> EMC <120 V>

• 2006/95/EC EN60950-1 • EN55022, Class B

• CSA C22.2 No.60950-00 • FCC Part15 Subpart B, Class B

• 2006/95/EC EN60950-1 • EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2/IEC61000-4-

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 16

*1: Conditions: A4, plain paper, continuous printing

250-sheet paper Capacity: Up to 250 sheets

* : AcuLaser C2800D/C3800D are equipped with a duplex unit as a standard feature.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 17

5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES

Table 1-1. Part Names

No. Name No. Name No. Name

6 Latch on front cover (Cover A) 12 Type-B interface card slot cover

Figure 1-2. External View and Part Names

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 18

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

5/22/2018 EPSON Ac uLa se r C2800_3800 se r vic e ma nua l - slide pdf.c om

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT

NOTE 1 : Manufacturing tolerance is ± 1% mm in dimensions and ± 1% kg in weight.

Figure 1-3. Main Unit (Unit: mm)

AcuLaser C2800/C2800D Main unit + Duplex unit 25.1 kg 27.0 kg

* : Dimension varies depending on the installation

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 19

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS

127.3 AcuLaser C3800/C3800D

Figure 1-5. Installation Space Requirements

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 20

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

1.2.2 Paper Specifications

Table 1-2. Supported Papers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 21

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 22

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

PRINTABLE AREA ENVELOPE ORIENTATION

Paper width: 212 mm x Length: 347.6 mm

 Guaranteed print area/Printable area